高中英语语法讲解及练习

高中英语语法讲解及练习
目录
一、冠词 1
二、介词 8
三、代词和数词 18
四、形容词和副词 29
五、作后置定语用的形容词短语 43
六、“It”的用法 45
七、情态动词 49
八、There be 句式 59
九、谈“more than”与“less than” 61
十、主谓一致三原则 64
十一、非谓语动词 70
十二、句子的种类 98
十三、时态和语态 108
十四、名词性从句 123
十五、英语中的省略现象 130
十六、英语插入语及插入句的用法 133
十七、状语从句 136
十八、“so that” ,”so…that” 和 “such…that” 145
十九、“Since”时间从句中的谓语形式和意义 148
二十、倒装句 150
二十一、定语从句 157
二十二、虚拟语气 168
英语语法分类练习 175

I名词和冠词 175
II代词和数词 180
III形容词和副词 185
IV时态 191
V主谓一致 196
VI状语从句 201
VII名词从句 206
VIII定语从句 211
IX被动语态和短语动词 216
X情态动词 221
XI动词不定试 227
XII分词 231
XIII动名词 236
XIV虚拟语气 241
XV倒装与“it” 247













一、冠词

冠词的用法在英语学习中较为复杂，千头万绪，尤其是惯用法，请同学们平时学习时注意积累。以下不过是谈谈冠词的一些常规的用法。
一、 不定冠词的用法：
1、 泛指人或事物的类别，相当于any, 如:
A hammer is tool. A steel worker makes steel.
2、 泛指某人或某物。
A boy is waiting for you. There is a book on your desk.
3、 表one或every。
We work 8 hours a day. I go home twice a month.
4、 表示the same 的意思。
Birds of a (= the same) feather flock together; people of a kind come together.
5、 用在不可数名词前
a)（用在物质名词前）一种，一份
A large coffee for me. It was a wonderful tea.
b)（用在某些表示风、雨等的名词前）
It was clear daylight now and a fine rain was falling. There is a cold wind this morning.
c)（用在抽象名词前）一种
That is a great disappointment. It’s a pleasure to work with you.
6、 （用在某些专有名词前）某个叫…的人，一张…的画，一个象…的人等。
I saw a Mrs. Smith on the 12th at 2:00. He had a Van Gogh in the dining-room.
What a strange London they saw! He’s a living Lei Feng.
7、 用于某些固定词组中。
a few, a little, a good many, a lot of, all of a sudden, as a rule, have a cold等。
8、 在元音音素开头的名词前应用an, 如an apple, an English book。要以发音为准，并非以元音字母而定。如a university, an hour, an “h”, an X-ray examination.
二、 定冠词的用法。
1、 表特定的或上文提到的人或物。
The boy likes the film. Shut the door, please.
The old poor peasant has a son. The son is a model worker.
2、 表示世界上独一无二的东西。
the earth, the moon, the stars, the sun（但space前不用）
3、 用在序数词、形容词或副词最高级前。
the second, the tallest, the last, the first.
4、 用在由普通名词构成的国家、党派或组织机构等的专有名词前。
the United States; the People’s Republic of China; the Communist Party of China; the Chinese People’s Liberation Army; the No. 15 Middle School; the department of Education.
5、 用在某些建筑物名称前。
The Great Hall of the People; the Monument to the People’s Heroes; the Great Wall; the Capital Theatre; the Space Museum; the Peace Hotel。
6、 用在江河海洋，山脉群岛，海峡海湾等专有名词前。
The Changjiang River, the Red Sea, the Dabie Mountains, the English Channel, the Taiwan Straits, the Persian Gulf。
7、 用在报纸、会议、条约等专有名词前。
the People’s Daily（但：China Daily） the New York Times, the 15th Party Congress, the Geneva Agreement
8、 用在方位名词前，某些习惯短语中或结构搭配中。
on the left, in the east, in the morning, on the other hand, in the end, hit sb on the head, catch sb by the arm
9、 用在形容词前表一类人。
the poor, the dead, the young, the rich, the wounded.
10、 用在双方都知，不言而喻的名词前。
Give me the book. Who’s the man?
用在姓氏复数前表示一家人或夫妇二人。
the Smiths, the Greens, the Wangs, the Turners
11、 用在单数可数名词前泛指某类人或物(指整个一类)。
The horse is a useful animal.
The computer was invaded not long ago. （但更多时候表特指：The horse is ill. ）
12、 指世纪的年代。
in the 1890’s或in the 1890s
13、 用在表示乐器的名词前。
play the piano (the guitar, the violin, the flute)
14、 用在某国语言前，构成the … language的形式。
The English language is very widely used all over the world.
如果单用国家变来的语言名词形式，则不用the。
Chinese has the largest number of speakers in the world.
15、 用于“论（或按）……计”之类的意思。
He got paid by the hour. They sell the cloth by the meter.
三、 不用冠词的场合。
1、 专有名词、物质名词、抽象名词、人名、地名前一般不用冠词。
China, Johnson; Air is matter. Sound is invisible.
2、 当名词已被指示代词、物主代词、名词所有格限制时。　
This book is good. I read my English book every day.
3、 注：指示代词和物主代词亦不能并用。＊my that book, 应该说：that book of mine.
街名、广场名、公园名前。
Wall Street. Tian’anmen Square, Hyde Park.
4、 省市、大学名前。
Hubei Province (但the Province of Hubei); Wuhan City(但the City of Wuhan); Qinghua University(但：the University of Qinghua)
5、 湖泊前一般不用冠词。
East Lake, Salt Lake, Dongting Lake
6、 山峰前不用冠词。
Mount Hua, Mount Tai, Mount Everest
7、 月份、星期、节日、三餐饭的名词前。
March, Christmas, Sunday; Have you had lunch? Spring is the best season of the years.
(但月份或季节被限定则须冠词。I arrived here in the winter of 1993.)
8、 称呼语，表示头街或职务作宾补或同位语的名词。
What’s this, John? We made Li Hai monitor.
9、 学科名、球类、棋类名词六前。
We like maths. They often play football.
10、 泛指的复数名词前。
Students must work hard at their lesson.
11、 与by连用的交通工具或表示方式、手段的名词前。
by bus, by hand, by radio, by air, by water.
冠词用法巩固练习
1. — I’m afraid I dare not speak in ______ public.
— Just have ______ try.
A. a; 不填; B. 不填; a C. the; a D. the; the
2. As you know, _____ man can’t live without ____ water.
A. 不填; 不填; B. a; the C. a; 不填; D. 不填; the
3. The police have ______ power to arrest bad people by _____ law.
A. the; the B. 不填; the C. 不填; 不填; D. the; 不填;
4. Paris is ______ most beautiful city, where you can see _____ famous Eiffel Tower.
A. a; the B. a; 不填; C. the; a D. 不填; the
5. — Do you like the novels?
— I don’t like either of them. Please show me _______ third one.
A. a B. the C. X D. an
6. Keep away from the cage. _____ lion is ______ fierce animal.
A. The; the B. A; the C. A; 不填; D. The; a
7. The class named _______ Lei Fang is one of the best classed in this school.
A. in honor of B. in the place of C. in favor of D. in the way of
8. — What about ______ bike?
— Do you think it all right to buy him that bike as ____ birthday gift?
A. a; a B. the; a C. a; the D. the ; the
9. First aid is _____ science of giving ____ medical care to ______ person.
A. the; 不填; a B. the; the; a C. a; 不填; the D. 不填; a; the
10. Please pay attention to your spelling. You’ve dropped _____ “n” here.
A. an B. the C. 不填; D. a
11. Bill Clinton took _____ office on January 20th, 1993, and became _______ 42nd US President.
A. an; the B. 不填; the C. the; 不填; D. 不填; 不填;
12. — Have you seen _______ pen? I left it here this morning?
— I think I saw _____ one somewhere. Is it ______ red one?
A. a; the; a B. a; a; the C. the; 不填; a D. a; 不填; a
13. — The news is spreading from mouth to mouth.
— Yes, it’s become ______ talk of _____ town.
A. a; a B. the; 不填; C. the; the D. a; 不填;
14. Now the machine runs at double _______.
A. a speed B. speed C. the speed D. for speed
15. — I hope you will be ready to leave on time.
— Don’t worry. I’ll be ready ____ the taxi arrives.
A. by the time B. in time for
C. at the time of D. until the time when
16. If he goes on swimming in that lake for _____ four hours, he _______ in it for twelve hours.
A. another; will have been swimming B. a; will swim
C. other; has swum D. the; will be swimming
17. — Charley Oakley, _______ NBA All-star, hasn’t missed ______ game in past three years.
— I can’t believe it.
A. an; a B. a; the C. the; a D. an; the
18. — What did you think of the place?
— I didn’t car for it at ____ first, but after _____ time I got to like it.
A. 不填; the B. the; a C. the; 不填; D. 不填; a
19. — In the past ten years, there have been many changes in family life.
— Are these changes ______?
A. better or worse B. for best or for worst
C. for the good or for the bad D. for the better or for the worse
20. The letter _______. I should have received it this morning.
A. is to be mailed B. has been mailed C. had been mailed D. was being mailed
21. Towards ____ morning, _____ heavy snow began to fall.
A. the; a B. an; a C. a; 不填; D不填; the
22. My mother is usually on ________ duty in her office every ______ few days.
A. the; a B. 不填; a C. 不填; 不填; D. a; 不填;
23. He has finished _______.
A. a day work B. day’s working C. a day’s work D. a day-work
24. — May we come in right now?
— Certainly, but only two are allowed ______.
A. at a time B. in a while C. at one time D. for a while
25. No wonder _____ failed in the driving test for _____ second time.
A. has she; the B. she has; the C. has she; a D. she has; a
26. — When did you recognize her?
— _________ I met her.
A. A moment B. The moment
C. The moment when D. For a moment
27. — Is this radio show still _______?
— No. It will be broadcast again next month.
A. by air B. through the air C. on the air D. in the air
28. The evening meal for Americans is usually long and _____ for families to gather together.
A. time B. a date C. a time D. the date
29. Duffield White, who is in _____ charge of the competition, said that the boy was the youngest winner of _______ prize.
A不填; a B. the; the C. 不填; the D. one; the
30. The building was named Ford Hall ________ a man named James Ford.
A. for memory of B. in the memory that C. in memory of D. in a memory for
31. Oh, Mary, _______ you have given us! I _______ so soon.
A. how pleasant surprise; had no idea that you come
B. how pleasant surprise; don’t suppose you will come
C. how pleasant a surprise; didn’t suppose you would come
D. what pleasant surprise; don’t think you have come
32. These two rooms are of _____ size. But another two rooms are three times _____ size of them.
A. the; the B. a; the C. a; a D. the; a
33. It is not rare in _____ that people in _____ fifties are going to university for further education.
A. 90s; the B. the 90s; 不填; C. 90’s; their D. the 90’s; their
34. — What’s your elder sister?
— She is ____ teacher and _______ writer.
A. the; the B. a; 不填; C. a; a D. the; a
35. Professor Smith had not given _____ talk on Shakespeare for a long time, so he had to brush up on some of ______ plays.
A. 不填; 不填; B. a; the C. the; 不填; D. the; the
36. ______ played an important roll in field hospitals during the war.
A. A X-ray equipment B. An X-ray equipment
C. X-ray equipments D. X-ray equipment
37. At midnight they reached _____ small village _____ east of _____ Ever-white Mountain.
A. a; 不填; the B. a; 不填; 不填; C. the; the; the D. the; an; an
38. Young as he is, David has gained _______ rich experience in _____ society.
A. 不填; 不填; B. the; the C. a; 不填; D. 不填; the
39. — What do you think of the TV play “Hand in Hand”?
— Just so-so. However, I don’t think it is worth watching ________.
A. a second time B. the second time C. for the second time D. secondly
40. The warmth of ______ sweater will of course be determined by the sort of _____ wool used.
A. the; the B. the; 不填 C. 不填; the D.不填；不填
Key
1—10. BADAA DABAA 11—20. BDDCA AADAD
21—30. ACCAD BCCCC 31—40. CBDBB DAAAB


二、介词

介词又叫做前置词，是一种虚词，不能单独在句子当中担当成分，它后面必须接名词、代词或相当于名词的其他词类搭配（介词＋宾语）构成介词短语；和动词搭配构成短语动词，然后才能够在句子当中充当成分。
介词分为简单介词，如：at, in, on, besides, since, for等；合成介词，如：inside, outside, without, within, into, onto等；短语介词（或成语介词），如：because of, in front of, instead of, in spite of等；二重介词，如：from behind, until after等。
一、 介词短语的句法功能
介词在句子中可以充当定语、状语、表语、以及宾语补足语等。
1. 作定语
介词短语在句中做定语时须位于被修饰词之后。
The key to the door is missing.
The water-tower in front of our school was built in 1988.
2. 作表语（或称为：主语的补足语）
Some students are in the classroom, and some on the playground.
As we know, Japan is to the east of China.
3. 作宾语补足语（或称为：宾语的表语）
Did you see a pen under my desk this morning?
They have sent another rocket into the sky.
4. 作状语
1) On Sundays, the family are mostly out. （时间状语）
2) On top of the hill stands a TV tower. （地点状语）
3) He is used to sleeping with all the windows open. （伴随状语）
4) In the search for the lost child, the villagers went all out. （目的状语）
5) All the work must be done by hand. （方式状语）
6) At times, I go to the cinema. （频度状语）
7) She is by far the best student in our class. （程度状语）
8) Because of poverty, he couldn’t go to school. (原因状语)
9) To my surprise, he got the first prize in the contest. （结果状语 / 或评注性状语）
10) Without our Party, we couldn’t live a happy life. （条件状语）
11) In spite of great efforts we failed to carry our plans through. （让步状语）
12) As a matter of fact, nobody agreed to his project. （评注性状语）
In my opinion, you’d better go with us.
二、 介词的复合结构
“介词＋宾语＋补足语”可以构成介词的复合结构，在句子当中可充当表语、定语、状语、补语等。这种结构中的宾语和补足语之间存在着逻辑上的主谓关系，使得句子意义更加丰富。常见的这类介词有with, without, like, of等。
1. 介词＋宾语＋形容词
He is used to sleeping with all the windows open.
2. 介词＋宾语＋分词
Bamboo leaves swing in the wind like slim fingers reaching to touch something.
At the beginning of school, the noise of desks being opened and closed and lessons (of being) repeated at the top of the children’s voices could be heard out in the street.
The wounded boy glared at the nobleman with his teeth clenched.
3. 介词＋宾语＋不定式
The cat humped its back just like a fierce tiger to jump upon me.
4. 介词＋宾语＋副词
The little boy rushed out of the house without anything on.
5. 介词＋宾语＋介词短语
The teacher entered the classroom with a book under his arm.
三、 介词的叠用
在少数介词之后还可接另一个介词短语，也就是我们所称的二重介词。如：
The naughty boy suddenly rushed out from behind the tree to frighten the girl.
In the spring, new bamboo shoots come out from around their own roots.
He kept on working until after lunch.
四、 介词＋and＋介词
有些介词短语用两个意义相反的介词构成从而使句子精简化。
Not knowing what to do, the worried officer walked up and down the room.
There are many trees in and outside the town.
五、 介词与其同形的与副词区别
有些介词可做副词用，但我们知道副词可以单独在句子中担当成分，而介词须加宾语构成短语才可在句子中充当成分。
试比较：
Please come in. (in为副词 = into the room)
We have no car, but we can go there without. (without为副词 = without a car)
Although the exam was difficult, I managed to get through. (through为副词 = through the exam)
六、 常易混用介词的区别
1. 表示“上、下”等方位的介词。见下图：
2. 表示地点的in和at的区别
a) at表示位置，in表示“在…内”如：
— Where is he? — He is at the cinema. (问话者想知道的是位置)
— Is he in the cinema? — Yes, he is. (问话者可能已经在影院门外)
b) at表示小地点，in表示大地点
They arrived at the village at seven.
They arrived in Beijing at seven.
但若某一个大地点并不是最后的终点，仍然用at。例如：
The train from Beijing to Guangzhou will arrive at Wuhan at twelve o’clock.
(武汉只是从北京开往广州这趟列车途中的一个站，并非目的地。)
3. in, to和on在方位名词前的区别
in表示在某范围之内；to表示某范围之外的地方；on表示“毗邻、接壤”
Taiwan lies in the east of China.
Taiwan lies to the east of the mainland of China.
Mongolia (蒙古) is (lies) on the north of China.
4. 表示时间的in和after
用于将来时态时，in后面接“时段”；after后面接“时点”。试比较：
He will be back in five hours.
He will be back after five o’clock.
after后面也可接“时段”，但应该用在过去时态的句子中。
They came back after five days.
5. 表示时间的at, in和on
1) at表示“钟点时刻、黎明、正午、黄昏、夜晚、午夜、周末、节日期间”
He often gets up at daybreak (dawn).
They will begin their journey at New Year.
2) in表示“上(下)午、晚间、星期、月份、年份、世纪”
He was born in 1988.
3) on表示具体日期或具体的上（下）午，节日的当天，美国英语周末前也用on.
He died on the morning of August 15th, 1985.
但若morning, afternoon, evening等词前面有early或late等修饰语则仍然用in。如：
He died in the early morning of August 15th, 1985.
6. 表时间的since和for
since后接时点；for接时段，均常与完成时态连用。
He has been here since last Friday.
He has been here for five days.
当表示“多少次” 时不能用for; 表示“第几次”位于句首时须加for，而位于句尾时for可以省略也可保留。
He has been to Beijing three times. (不可用for three times)
For the first time, I have come here.
I have come here (for) the first time.
7. 表示位置的between和among
between表示“个与个之间”，并非只能指两者，可用“…and…”也可接复数名词。如：
The teacher sat between Tom, Jack, Kate, Jane and Mary.
You’d better eat nothing between meals.
among则笼统地指“在…之中”，后接复数名词或代词。
The teacher sat among the students.
8. except, besides, but, except for, but for, except that/ when
1) except用作介词，意为“除了”。整个句子所表达的意思重点在except所构成的介词短语上。例如：
Nobody felt anxious except him. （只有他才焦虑不安）
2) except 和 besides
两者都有“除去”之意，但前者指“但并不包括”，是“排除”之意；后者指“除此之外还有”，有“外加”之意。例如：
There are six of us besides Tom. （除汤姆外，另外我们还有6个人。）
3) except和 but
but用作介词时，意思是“除…外”，“别无…”，“只有…”；but多与no one，nothing，who，all，everyone等连用，它可与except互换。例如：
No one but a fool would believe it.
Who but he would do such a thing？
4) except for 和 except that／when
二者意为“只是”或“除…外”，表示理由或细节，修正前面所说的情况。except for后面接单词，except that／when后面接句子。整个句子所表达的意思重点在主句中，而except所构成的介词短语只是次要的。例如：
Your composition is good except for a few spelling mistakes.
（= Your composition is good except that there are a few spelling mistakes.）
比较：All the compositions are good except Li Hua’s.
(大家的作文都好，只有李华的除外。)
5) except for和but for
except for用于陈述语气，but for用于虚拟语气“要不是…”。例如：
Except for its temples，the place is not worth seeing.
But for your help, I couldn’t have finished the work on time.
6) except but十动词不定式（可带to或不带to，当but或except之前没有动词“do”的某种形式时，其后的不定式要带to。）例如：
They did nothing except／but watch TV.
I could not do anything except／bur just wait for him to come round.
巩固训练
1. Do you still remember the film we saw ________the end of last week?
A. in B. by C. at D. to
2. That he had a lot of practice ________volleyball was the reason why he defeated all the other players.
A. in B. at C. on D. about
3. ________the sound of the knocking on the door, he rose and went to open it.
A. At B. On C. To D. Heard
4. You can find the store ________No. 19 Beijing Road.
A. on B. at C. near to D. in
5. Please wait for me ________the corner of that street ________three o’clock.
A. in; at B. at; on C. in; for D. at; at
6. I bought these books ________one yuan a copy.
A. at B. by C. on D. in
7. I can’t buy it ________such a price.
A. of B. for C. at D. with
8. The student is sitting ________his desk.
A. over B. around C. at D. for
9. when the spaceship leaves the earth ________very high speed, the astronauts feel as if they are being crushed ________the spaceship.
A. with; in B. at; on C. with; to D. at; against
10. The child hid himself ________the door.
A. after B. behind C. in the front of D. ago
11. She left the party ________her headache.
A. because B. since C. in spite of D. because of
12. You shouldn’t eat so much chocolate ________meals.
A. except B. between C. unless D. through
13. some animals sleep ________day and wake up ________night.
A. by; by B. at; by C. by; on D. on; in
14. —What time is it, please?
—It is seven ________my watch.
A. in B. at C. for D. by
15. You’ll be able to speak English ________practicing from time to time.
A. in B. by C. with D. for
16. ________the end of last year we had leaned five English songs.
A. At B. By C. In D. On
17. A man should not be judged always ________what he says.
A. by B. in C. with D. to
18. The guests will be here ________two o’clock.
A. in B. on C. for D. by
19. some people got up and left the hall ________the show.
A. while B. during C. between D. through
20. How much must I pay you ________the tickets ________tonight.
A. of; of B. for; for C. for; about D. for; to
21. I am grateful ________your help ________me.
A. to; for B. for; to C. to; to D. for; for
22. Joan is always praised ________her cleverness.
A. of B. in C. for D. by
23. It’s quite warm today ________January.
A. for B. in C. at D. on
24. I bought this book ________fifty cents.
A. at B. about C. at D. for
25. Chinese is a language ________more native speakers than any of the other languages.
A. with B. spoken C. which D. has
26. Please write ________pencil, not ________ink.
A. in; with B. in a; with C. with a ; in D. with; in
27. ________the development of science and technology, our country has become richer and stronger.
A. In B. By C. At D. With
28. ________the rise in prices, life is getting harder.
A. With B. On C. As D. For
29. He has no good pen ________.
A. to write B. to write with C. to write on D. writing
30. Mary was disappointed when she found but they had gone to the ball ________her.
A. except B. except for C. for D. without
31. Xiao Li masters several other foreign languages ________English. He studies German, Japanese and Russian.
A. beside B. besides C. but D. except
32. The soldier stood quite still, ________his lips moved slightly.
A. except that B. except for C. except D. besides
33. Your composition is good ________a few spelling mistakes.
A. besides B. except C. except for D. except that
34. Peter’s car is excellent ________the color.
A. except B. besides C. except for D. only except
35. Everybody went to the exhibition ________Mary.
A. not B. but C. for D. by
36. We live a long way ________the factory.
A. to B. for C. from D. in
37. The town lies ________the west of the river.
A. at B. in C. from D. to
38. Let’s walk over ________the sun on the other side of the street.
A. in B. to C. under D. by
39. There are a lot of news ________today’s newspaper.
A. in B. on C. at D. with
40. Say something about your school ________English.
A. in B. with C. by D. for
41. The girl ________will give us a report.
A. on blue B. of blue C. in blue D. at blue
42. Please ask him if he will join us ________playing table tennis.
A. on B. at C. in D. with
43. This vegetable is very rich ________iron.
A. of B. in C. with D. for
44. He has been caught ________the rain and is wet through and through.
A. by B. in C. at D. up with
45. Look, there is a hole ________the wall.
A. on B. at C. in D. of
46. What is the difference________ pronunciation ________these two words?
A. of; in B. in; between C. in; among D. of; between
47. The doctor will be back ________ten minutes.
A. after B. in C. on D. at
48. The desk stands ________the corner of the room near the window.
A. on B. at C. under D. in
49. Do you like dressing yourself ________new clothes?
A. on B. in C. with D. by
50. Please come to see me ________two day’s time.
A. during B. after C. for D. in
KEY: 1—10. CBABD ACCDB 11—20. DBADB BADBB 21—30. BCADA CDABD 31—40. BACCB CDBAA 41—50. CCBBC BBDBD


三、代词和数词
代词
一. 人称代词
1. 主格和宾格
1) 通常，人称代词主格用做主语或表语；宾格用做动词或介词的宾语。句子的结构如有变化，也应能加以分析，确定选用哪种形式。例如：
It was he who told a lie.
It’s not me (who / whom) he wants. (作宾语)
This is a secret；it's between you and me.（作介词宾语）
2) 人称代词宾格可用在比较状语从句一类的结构中代替主格。例如：
He is taller than me / I (am). I don't swim so well as her / she (does).
2. 两种所有格
人称代词所有格称为物主代词。物主代词分为两类：
① 形容词性的，如my, her, your, their等；
② 名词性的，如mine，hers，yours，theirs等。由于受汉语影响，我们常犯以下两种错误：
1) 漏用代词，主要是形容词性的物主代词，因为汉语中常常将它省略。例如：
I have done my homework.（不能说 * I have done homework.）
We clean our classroom every day.（不能说 * We clean classroom every day．）
2) 误用代词，混淆两种类型的物主代词，因为汉语中无此区别。例如：
That dictionary is not mine.（不能说 * That dictionary is not my．）
Mine is here.（不能说 * My is here.）
注意：形容词性的物主代词只能用作定语，必须与名词连用。例如
What's her name？ I am your friend.
名词性的物主代词则可充当名词所能充当的各种句子成分。如：
Your pen is black；mine is blue.（作主语）
You haven't got a bike？You may use mine.（作宾语）
但是its一般不能单独使用。需要时可以用its own。如：
That's the cat's basket. It's its own.
3. 代词做短语动词宾语时的位置
当短语动词由“动词＋副词”构成时，代词作宾语必须放在动词和副词中间，名词则不受此限制。如：
He looked up the word in the dictionary. He looked the word up in the dictionary．
He looked it up in the dictionary.
但如果是由“动词＋介词”构成的介词动词，代词作宾语还是要放在介词之后。例如：
He's been looking for them all this morning.
二. 反身代词
1. “反身”用法
反身代词作句中宾语时，表示动作返回到主语本身。或者说，句子的主语和宾语是同一个人或物。例如：
He hurt himself．（作动词宾语）
Dick bought himself a new coat.（作间接宾语）
I heard Jane talk to herself.（作介词宾语）
2. 强调用法
反身代词用作同位语时，在句中起强调作用，其位置也比较灵活。例如：
I went to see the mayor myself．（强调主语）
We spoke to the mayor himself．（强调宾语）
The mayor himself met us at the door.（紧随主语之后）
The mayor met us at the door himself.（在句末）
3. 使用反身代词时的常见错误
反身代词一般不可用作句子中的主语、表语或定语。如：
* Ourselves can do it.（误作主语）
We can do it ourselves. 我们自己能干。
* I could hardly imagine that the car was himself．（误作表语）
I could hardly imagine that the car was his own. 简直难以想象那汽车是他自己的。
* That's myself problem.（误作定语）
That's a problem of my own.那是我自己的问题。
注意：在少数习惯表达中反身代词可不受语法限制。
I'm not myself today. （我今天不在状态/感觉不好。）
In office myself, I helped her get a job.
（我帮她在我自己的办公室找了一份工作。）
三. 不定代词
1. 用some还是用any
1) 一般说来，some用于肯定；any用于否定，例如：
There are some letters for you. There aren't any letters for me．
2) 疑问句中，一般用any，如问话人心中已经有“数”，或认为对方会做出肯定回答时，用some。试比较：
Have you any apples？ （I can't see any.）
Could I have some of those apples？ （which I can see.）
3) 注意其它方式的否定因素也可决定应该用any，如：
I don't think there are any letters.（主句动词否定转移，从句中用any。）
The boy solved the problem without any difficulty. （介词without含否定意味。）
4) any在表示“任何（人或物）”时，可用于肯定句中：
Oh！ Any book will do；I just want something to read on the train.
5) 当说话人心中有“数”（尽管可能不是具体数字）时，否定句中也用some，如：
Some boys haven't done their homework．（肯定有人没做，尽管不一定知道是多少人。）
6) any可用条件从句中，表示情况不明或未定，如：
Let me know if you need any help．（不知道对方是否需要帮助。）
试比较： Let me know if you need some help.（知道能如何提供帮助。）
2. all和both
1) all和both后面的of可有可无。
All / Both (of) the desks are new.
注：Both the desks... ＝ Both of the desks... ＝ Both desks...（the或of the可有可无）
2) 注意下列两种句子里all／both的位置：
They all / both agree with me. I agree with them all / both.
句中all或both直接跟在代词（主格或宾格）之后作同位语；其它不定代词不能这样用。
3) all／both同频度副词一样，可位于句中（主、谓语之间或谓语动词结构之中），如：
They all / both came. They were all / both waiting.
（注；each也能这样用，其它不定代词都不能。）
3. either与neither
either指“两者之中任何一个”，neither指“两者都不”通常与单数动词连用。但在非正式英语中也可与复数动词连用。例如：
You've got two answers. Either is correct. Neither is wrong．
There are trees on either／each side of the street．
Neither of the books is worth reading.（＝Neither of the books are worth reading）
4. nobody, no one, nothing和none
nobody和no one指人，作单数，后面不能接of 短语,例如：
Nobody／No one knows why she was late again．
Nobody was hurt in the match，were they？（反意疑问句中，可用复数代词they来代替。）
nothing指物，作单数；none指人或物，作单救或复数均可。none既可用于可数名词，也可用于不可数名词, 例如：
None of the money on the table is mine.
None of his reasons was／were true.
There's nothing on the table but a blue cap.
Of all my classmates， none likes dancing．
5. every与each
every强调的是“全体”；each则强调的是具体“每一个”。例如：
On every／each side of the square there were soldiers.
(The square has more than two sides。every side = each side ＝all sides表示“每边、各边”。） 试比较：
On either／each side of the road there were soldiers．
(The road has only two sides. either side＝ each side = both sides，表示二者之中“每一边”。)
此外，each可作名词性代词，如：
Each has two books.（each作主语）
We each are satisfied with our own rooms.
(each作同位语，常位于主语和谓语动词之间，谓语动词及代词等应与主语一致。)
We are satisfied with our own rooms each. (each作同位语时，也可置于句末。)
6. other, the other和another
1) other表示“另外的（人或物）”，“其他的（人或物）”，其复数形式为others。例如：
There are other ways of doing this exercise．
Lei Feng was always ready to he1p others.
2) the other表示两者之中的“另一个（人或物）”，其复数形式为the others，例如：
He has a pen in one hand and a book in the other.。
Only three of the students were in the classroom；the others were all on the playground.
当other泛指“别人”时，前面不加定冠词：
We must always be ready to help others.
3) another表示不定数目中的“另一个或类似的下个（人或物）”，还可与数词连用，表示“再，又”的意思。例如：
How about another cup of tea？
The strike may last another two weeks.
7. one
1) one只可用于指代可数名词，其复数形式是ones。例如：
If you can't find your pen，use the one on the table.
What nice shirts！which one／ones shall we buy？
2) one／ones通常不能直接用在their，my，his等物主代词以及a（n），own，several和名词所有格后面。例如：
His knife seems sharper than mine.（不能用 my one代替mine）
They don't like this town；they want very much to go back to their own.（不能用 * their own one代替their own 或 their own country）
但是，当one／ones前面还带有形容词时，则例外。如：
Have you any knives？I need a sharp one.
My old dictionary isn't as good as John's new one．
3) the／this／that one与that：
that可以指代不可数名词，而one不能。如：
The weather in Wuhan is much warmer than that in Tianjing. （that不能用the one取代） that后面常接of短语，例如：
This dictionary is more expensive than that one.（that one＝that dictionary. one一般不省略）
The window of your room is much bigger than that of mine.（that＝the window，它后面有of短语，一般不用the one替代）
有时候the one和that可以互相取代，如：
The gold ring is in that box --- the one（＝that）with the key in the lock.
4) one可以泛指人，相当于you，we，people，其所有格为one's。例如：
One should do one's／his duty．
数 词
1. 拼法需要当心的序数词
在first，second和third之后的序数词都由基数词加 -th构成，但要注意以下拼法略有变化：
twentieth， thirtieth， fortieth… fifth eighth ninth twelfth..
2. 序号的表示
1) 基数词放在名词之后，通常写作阿拉伯数，如：
page 4（P.4）读作page four Room301读作room three O [ou] one
Tel No.864412读作telephone number eight six double four one two
2) 序数词放在名词之前，通常前面要加定冠词．如：
the Eighth Lesson（＝Lesson Eight） the First Middle School（＝Middle School No. 1）
3. 数词后面的名词用单数还是用复数
表示计量时，基数词后面的名词用复数形式，但是在带有数字的复合名词（常用作定语）里，名词只用单数形式。试比较：
They baby is only six moths old. This is a six-moth-old baby.
I have five pounds. I have a five-pound note.
4. hundreds / thousands / millions of + 名词复数
hundred, thousand和million后加 –s与of连用，表示“数百、数千、数百万”。
He has bought hundreds of books this year.
Thousands of seagulls arrived to help the farmers save their crops.
5. dozen和score
用法与hundred, thousand, million基本相似dozens of和scores of均表示“几十个”。但有以下几点区别：
1) 在接具体名词复数时dozen后不加of，而score常与of连用。如：
two dozen books two score (of)books
2) 若名词被限定词限定，dozen后应加of，接宾格代词亦如此。
three dozen of those (the, my, those) books three dozen of them
6. 表示不定数量的常用单词和词组
这些单词或词组与名词的搭配关系见下表
用于可数名词
用于不可数名词
用于可数名词和不可数名词

a bit of

(a) few
(a) little
all
fewer
less
plenty of
(the) fewest
(the) least
a lot of; lots of
a (great) number of
a great deal (amount) of
enough
many
much
more; most
several

some; any
hundreds of


dozens of


1) (a) few 和(a) little
a few和a little与some的意思较接近，表示“有几个；有一点”。few和little则表示“几乎没有（＝ almost none）”的意思。试比较：
She doesn’t seem very friendly； she has few friends。 （not many friends）
Although she has been here only a short time, she has made a few friends. (some friends)
I can’t make a pie because there is little sugar. (not much sugar)
There is a little sugar for your coffee. (some sugar)
2) 用fewer还是用less
从理论上讲few的比较级形式fewer用于复数名数前；little的比较级形式less用于不可
数名词前，但是在现代英语中，尤其是在非正式场合下，也常用less代替fewer；例如：
If on1y there were fewer／less holes in the roof？
3) many ＋ a ＋ 名词单数
many a后接可数名词单数形式，表示“好些；许多”，多用于书面语或演讲中。
Many a young man has had such a chance. (动词用has)
many a time则看作是固定词组，表示“多次”。
That’s happened to me many a time.
巩固训练
1. The coat is not mine. It must be ________.
A. someone else’s B. someone’s else C. someone else D. someone’s else’s
2. The question is whether ________ will volunteer (自愿) to do the work unpaid.
A. one B. anyone C. someone D. none
3. He lives in that ________ house.
A. green big wooden B. big green wooden C. wooden big green D. wooden green big
4. We should point out ________ shortcomings.
A. each other B. each others C. each other’s D. each’s other
5. Don’t leave ________ to tomorrow.
A. today’s work B. today work C. work of today D. todays’ work
6. The teacher asked ________ to have a dialogue in English.
A. she and I B. her and I C. her and me D. she and me
7. The Parkers brought a new house but ________ will need a lot of work before they can move in.
A. they B. it C. one D. which
8. I think ________ important to learn English well.
A. it B. this C. that D. one
9. He is a friend of ________.
A. me B. my C. I D. mine
10. One should support ________ family.
A. one B. one’s C. their D. her
11. — Which do you like to have, fish or chicken?
— I’m afraid ________ will do.
A. either B. neither C. none D. both
12. The two shirts are nice. I will take ________ for a change.
A. both of them B. either of them C. all of them D. they all
13. The home improvements have taken what little my spare time.
A. from B. of C. in D. at
14. They all don’t like being treated like that. The sentence means ________.
A. All of them like being treated like that. B. None of them like being treated like that.
C. Not all of them like being treated like that. D. No one likes being treated like that.
15. These two pairs of shoes don’t fit me. I’d like to see ________ pair.
A. one B. the other C. either D. another
16. He went there to see what was the matter for ________.
A. he B. him D. much D. himself
17. He told me he couldn’t walk ________ far.
A. it B. that C. more D. any
18. Are you feeling ________ better?
A. some B. no C. more D. any
19. My old TV set broke down. I have to buy a new ________.
A. it B. that C. one D. this
20. The climate here is hotter than ________ of Beijing.
A. one B. it C. that D. those
21. We need ________ five people to finish the work in time.
A. other B. another C. some D. any
22. — Can I have the other egg?
— I’m afraid not. Tom has had ________.
A. it B. one C. that D. this
23. Was ________ in the First World War that he was killed?
A. it B. one C. some D. that
24. I asked all my classmates the same question, and they ________ gave me a different answer.
A. each B. all C. every D. both
25. ________ of the students passed the exam.
A. Two-thirds B. Two-third C. Second-three D. Second-threes
26. My father began to learn Russian, when he was already in ________.
A. the 1920, the sixties B. 1920s, his sixty C. the 1920s, his sixties D. the 1920’s, his sixty
27. Although he has failed six times, he will try ________ time.
A. a seventh B. the seventh C. seventh D. seven
28. Shortly after the accident, two ________ police were sent to the spot to keep order.
A. dozen of B. dozens C. dozen D. dozens of
29. The hero of the story is an artist in his ________.
A. thirtieth B. thiety C. thirty’s C. thirties
30. $2.95 may be read as ________ or two ninety five.
A. two dollar ad ninety five cents B. two dollars and ninety five cent
C. two dollars and ninety five cents D. two dollar and ninety five cent
1—10. ABBCA CBADB 11—20. BABCD DBDCC 21—30. BAAAA CACCC




四、形容词和副词

形容词可用于作表语、定语、宾语补足语、状语等；副词也可以作表语、定语、宾语补足语、状语等。
一、 形容词作定语时的位置
大部分形容词作定语时放在所修饰的名词前面, 如a red bus, a beautiful park, cold weather等,但实际运用时须注意以下情况。
1. 当多个的形容词修饰一个名词时应该注意形容词的一般排列顺序。
“限定词 ＋ 一般描绘性形容词 ＋ 表示大小、长短、高低的形容词 ＋ 表示形状的形容词 ＋ 表示年龄、新旧的形容词 ＋ 表示颜色的形容词 ＋ 表示国籍、地区、出处的形容词 ＋ 表示物质、材料的形容词 ＋ 表示用途、类别的形容词 ＋ 被修饰的名词”例如：
his beautiful small round old brown French wooden writing table
当然，在实际运用中用如此多的形容词修饰一个名词并不多见。
2. 形容词修饰everything, something, anything, nothing时, 只能放在其后面。如:
Some farmers saw something strange in the sky.
I’ve got something important to say.
There is nothing interesting at all.
3. else只能修饰疑问代词who, whom, whose, what和不定代词something, anything, nothing, somebody, someone, anybody, anyone和nobody, no one.而且只能放在其后。如:
Is there anything else you want to say?
What else do you want?
else与上述疑问代词和不定代词构成所有格时, 只能在else后加's, 而不能在疑问代词或不定代词后加's. 如说someone else's, 而不能说 * someone’s else。 who else的所有格有两种形式who else's或whose else例如:
— Is this hat yours?
— Whose else ( =Who else's) could it be ?
4. enough和nearby作形容词时可放在所修饰的名词前,也可放在其后。如:
a nearby building =a building nearby
We have enough food(=food enough)to last us for a week.(food enough…是旧用法,现在已不常用了。)
二、 貌似副词的形容词
在英语构词法中, 以-ly结尾的词并不是副词,而是形容词。常见的有:e1derly (渐老的, 年龄相当大的), friendly (朋友似的, 友好的), lively (活泼的, 生动的), lonely (孤独的, 寂寞的), lovely (可爱的, 美丽的), orderly (有秩序的,整齐的)等。如:
She gave us a lively lesson yesterday. 她昨天给我们上了一节生动的课。
*She gave us a lesson lively. (误将lively用作副词, 是错句)
应该说: She gave us a lesson in a lively way. 她生动地给我们上一节课。
三、 表语形容词
形容词在句子中的主要作用是作定语、表语和宾语补足语。英语中大部分形容词都具有这些功能。但也有少数形容词通常只作表语。常见的有afraid, alike, alive, alone, asleep, awake, glad, scarce, sorry, sure, worth, unable等。例如:
The child is asleep/sleeping. (作表语)
但是:the sleeping child,不能说*the asleep child(作定语) 注意:
1) 只能作表语的形容词常可作后置定语（相当省略关系代词和系动词的定语从句）如:
Who's the greatest man (that is) alive?
The people (who are) present at the meeting are famous scientists.
The boy (who is) afraid of exams is my brother.
2) 若这些形容词前有修饰语时, 也可放在名词前面作定语, 如:
a fast asleep man, the wide awake child.
它们还可作宾语补足语和主语补足语,如:
People who find hibernating animals asleep often think they are dead. (作宾语补足语)
An enemy officer was caught alive. (作主语补足语)
四、 系表结构中形容词后的宾语
afraid, glad, sorry, sure, worth等形容词与系动词 be, seem等一起构成的系表结构后可以带一个宾语。现分叙如下:
1. be afraid to do sth.表示“不敢干某事”, 而be afraid of sth. (doing sth.) 则表示“害怕 (干)某事”，如:
She is afraid to go out alone at night. (她不敢夜晚独自出门.)
Are you afraid of snakes? (你害怕蛇吗?)
试比较下列两个句子:
She was afraid to wake her husband.
She was afraid of waking her husband.
第一句意思是“她不敢吵醒她的丈夫.”怕她丈夫可能由此而生气。第二句的意思是“她怕吵醒了她的丈夫。”可能因为她丈夫生病了或需要睡眠。
be afraid + that-clause表示一种委婉的客套话, that可以省略。如:
I am afraid (that) I can’t go with you.
2. be glad后可接of, 不定式或that-clause. 如:
I am glad of your success.
I am glad to meet you.
I am glad that you have passed the examination.
3. be sorry可接about或for, 也可按不定式或that-clause. 如:
Aren't you sorry about (for) what you've done?
I’m sorry for you.
We're sorry to hear that.
4. be sure可接of或about,也可接不定式或that-clause。如:
We're sure of a warm welcome.
I was not sure about two things — the grammar and some of the idioms.
Are you sure that he is honest?
5. worth, worth while和worthy
be worth表示“价值”时, 可直接接名词。如:
The used car is worth ＄300 at most.
还可接动名词的一般式, 主语为动名词的逻辑宾语。如:
This book is worth reading.
在It is worth while这一结构中, it为形式主语,后面可用动名词, 也可用动词不定式:
It is worth while visiting the place.
It is worth while to visit the place. (= The place is worth visiting.)
形容词worthy可作定语, 修饰名词。 如a worthy team 1eader. 它与of连用可作后置定语。如:
an enemy worthy of his sword (剑); a cause worthy of support
作表语时, of后可接名词。如:
This place is worthy of a visit. 也可接动名词, 常用其被动式。如:
This place is worthy of being visited. (=This place is worth visiting.)
如不与of连用, 则可接动词不定式的被动式。如:
This book is worthy to be read. ( = The book is worth reading.)
五、 形容词、副词前定冠词的用法
说明：在形容词、副词的比较级和最高级中，我们所谈到的所谓的冠词 “the” 严格地说, 应该是副词，但出于习惯或者是为了使语法术语简单化，这里我们姑且仍将其称为冠词。
1. 形容词最高级前一般要加定冠词, 副词最高级前可加可不加定冠词。
2. 形容词最高级前有时加不定冠词或不加冠词, 表示“非常”。如:
This is a most interesting story.
但如果这个名词短语后面带有一个表示范围的短语或从句, 则要用定冠词。即:
This is the most interesting story in this book (I've ever heard).
3. 表示两者间“较…的一个”时, 形容比较级前需加定冠词。如:
Which is the better of the two pianos?
Who is the elder of the two brothers?
4. 一般说来, 在same之前要加定冠词。如:
They are exactly the same.
We are of the same age.
又如在短语中: all the same, at the same time等。
5. 在the + 比较级…the + 比较级…表示“越…就越…”这个结构中, 不管是形容词还是副词都必须加定冠词。如:
The nearer an object is to us, the bigger it looks.
The more they talked, the more excited they were.
6. 在某些形容词前加上定冠词, 则表示同类人。如: the rich(富人),the poor (穷人), the young (年轻人), the blind (盲人), the wounded (伤员), the dead (死去的人)，当它们作句子的主语时谓语动词通常用单数形式；但若是指一个人或抽象事物的形容词则常用单数形式。
Generally, the rich is cruel to the poor.
The dead is his father.
The new is sure to take the place of the old.
六、 某些常见副词的区别
1. sometimes, sometime, some time, some times
Sometimes是副词, 意思是“有时”。如:
My father usually goes to work by bike, but sometimes on foot.
sometime也是副词, 意思是“某个时候”。如:
I saw him sometime in October.
用在将来时的句子里表示“某日”、“某时”。如:
He will go to call on his uncle sometime next week.
some tome作为副词词组意为“某时候”,通常用于将来时;作为名词词组则是“一些时间”的意思。some times的意思是“数次”。如:
Let's have dinner some time next week.
He has waited for some time.
2. fairly和rather
fairly和rather都可以作为程度副词，都可以修饰形容词和副词；在翻译上都可以译成“挺…地，相当…地”的意思。区别如下：
1) rather一般用来表示消极的含义，如否定的、坏的、不理想的概念。而fairly一般用来表示积极的、好的、合理想的概念。
Let’s go by bus. It’s rather cold outside. Her English is fairly good.
2) rather可与比较级（形容词或副词）连用，也可与too连用，表示a little（有点）、slightly （稍微）的意思，fairly则不能这样用。
a) 与比较级连用，“……多了”
My brother is rather better today.
This dictionary is rather more expensive than that one.
b) 与too连用“有点…；稍微…”
This book is rather too difficult for the juniors and rather too easy for the seniors.
We had a fairly nice dinner, but the price is rather too high.
c) 当修饰名词且有不定冠词时，冠词应该放在fairly前，rather之后。
如：a fairly pretty girl / rather a bad boy
3. 即可作形容词又能作副词的 “-ly”副词的用法
1) 抽象与具体
a) deep和deeply一般说来，用于具体的情况时deep和deeply 均可（但deep更常用）； deeply用于抽象的情况。
He dived deep /deeply into the water. (具体)
I was deeply moved by his heroic deeds. (抽象)
b) high和highly
The bird is flying high in the sky. (具体)
He was highly thought of by the students. (抽象)
c) wide和widely
He opened his eyes wide. (具体)
English is widely used in the world. (抽象)
2) 习惯用法
a) easy与easily
副词easy常用于习语中
go easy (宽容)；go easy on (节省)；take it easy (放松)；easy does it (不着忙)；get off easy (不受严厉惩罚)；stand easy (休息)；Easy come, easy go. (来的易去的快)
除习语外的情况，多用easily。例如：
This TV set can be easily moved about.
b) aloud, loud, loudly
aloud “大声地”，常与cry, shout连用；表示“出声地”与silently相对。
The boy in the water is crying aloud for help. Please read the text aloud.
loud主要说明人的谈笑声音，常与speak, talk, laugh, say, shout连用。但如果说的是消极行为，则用loudly。loudly常含有“喧闹、嘈杂、吵闹”之意。
He was about to speak loud when the naughty boy began to cry loudly.
另外，loudly还可以表示“引人注目地、花哨地”如：
Today she is very loudly dressed.
c) slow与slowly
在walk, run, climb, go, speak, read, burn以及how之后常用slow, 如：
How slow he climbs up the hill!
其他场合一般用slowly
She eats more slowly of all the family.
d) quick与quickly
两者意思均为“快地；迅速地”但在“as…as”结构中，quick较为多用。
He ran as quick as I did at the sports meeting.
另外，在口语中， quick通常在词组中作副词，如在 Come quick（快点来）这样的词组中，但在正式写作中，要求使用 quickly
3) 意义相似，常可互换。
这样的词常见的有：clear / clearly; direct / directly; free / freely; bad / badly; quiet / quietly 等等。但值得注意的是，有些场合带-ly的副词通常表示方式，不带-y的副词通常表示结果。例如：
The door is closed tight. Please tightly close the door.
The photo has not come out clear. He remembers the photo clearly.
七、 频率副词
常见的频率副词有always, usually, often, sometimes, seldom, hardly, never等。
1. 频率副词在句中通常放在行为动词之前，系动词、情态动词或助动词之后。如:
I usually get up at six in the morning.
Li Ming is often late for school.
We could hardy understand him.
在简略答语和省略句中，则常放在系动词、情态动词或助动词之前。如：
Can they usually find time for amusements?
Yes, they always can.
为了加强语气,也可放在句首。其中often, seldom, hardly, barely, never在句首时，句子要倒装。如：
Sometimes we play basketball, sometimes we play table tennis.
Often did we warn them not to do so.
2. 其中seldom, hardly, 和never常看作否定词，因此在构成反意疑问句时，附加疑问句部分常用肯定式。如：
You seldom go to your uncle’s, do you?
She can hardly read and write, can she?
八、 older和elder; farther和further
1. old的比较级和最高级有两种形式，即older, elder和oldest, eldest。在就年龄作比较时和修饰物时要用older, oldest。如：
I am one year older than you.
Mr. Smith is the oldest in the office.
My coat is older than yours.
elder和e1dest主要用来表示兄弟姊妹之间的长幼关系,不能修饰物。如:
My elder sister is at college.
He is my eldest daughter.
Who is the eldest of the three (sisters或brothers)?
下面一句最能说明两者之间的区别:
My elder brother is one year older than I.
2. far的比较级和最高级也分别有两种形式，即farther和further; farthest和furthest。对距离进行比较，即表示“更远”、“较远”时，美国英语常用farther, farthest, 英国英语中further较farther更常用。如：
He is too tired to go any further (farther).
The school is on the further (farther) side of the mountain.
further的主要意思是“进一步”(此时不能用farther代替)。如:
Don’t make any change till further notice.
Please wait for further information.
furthest现在已很少使用了，对距离或者是程度比较都常用farthest。如:
Who ran (the ) farthest? She is the farthest advanced of all my students.
九、 形容词、副词比较级前的程度状语
形容词、副词的比较级前可有一个状语，表示比较的程度，常见的有：
1. many, much, a lot, a good (great) dea1, far (by far) 等表示“…得多”,如:
We are making far greater progress now than we did last year.
She looks much younger than she actually is.
Joan made a lot more paper flowers than Mary.
2. some, any表示“一些”。some用于肯定句，any用于否定句或疑问句。如:
I have got some more books, but not enough. Have you got any more money from him?
3. a little, a bit表示“稍许”,“一点儿”。如:
May I stay here a little longer? This lesson is a bit more difficult than that one.
4. still, even等表示“甚至更”、“还要”。如:
Tom studies harder than Jack. Peter studies even (still) harder.
5. 当副词all修饰比较级时，前面应加定冠词the，意思是“越发地…”
When I learned that he was a boy of not more than ten, my wonder was all the greater.
6. 在比较句型more than的结构中应注意以下几点
1) 表示“弱化比较”意义的形容词无论是多音节还是单音节，一概用less。例如：
My father is less angry than yesterday. (我爸爸的气较昨天消了一些。)
2) no + 比较级 + than表示“只有”“仅”“就那么……”或“一样”。如:
My whole school education added up to no more than one year.
I could see no more than you.
3) not + 比较级 + than表示“不比”,“不足”。如:
That boy is not more than fifteen, I think..
请注意下面的句子
They designed a device (装置) no bigger / not bigger than a match box.
用no bigger than表示这一装置“仅一个火柴盒那么大”;用not bigger 表示这一装置“还没有一个火柴盒大”。
4) no more…than或not…any more than“和…一样地不…”，意味着两者都否定，但往往着重说明前面的一个分句，其作用相当于“neither…nor”。例如：
Mary is no more diligent than Tom. = Neither Mary nor Tom is diligent.
“玛丽和汤姆俩人都不勤奋。”
5) not more… than“不如…；不及于…”，语气常着重于后面的一个分句，常可与“not so / as … as”互换使用。例如：
This story is not more interesting than that one.
= This story is not so/as interesting than that one.
7. 用数字表示确切的量或倍数关系。如:
There are 10 more students in our class than in Class 2.
Mr. Johnson is three years older than his wife.
十、 倍数表示法
英语中表示倍数的方法大致有三种,即:
1. A + be (或谓语动词) + 数词 + times + as + 形容词原级 + as B.
This playground is three times as large as that one.
2. A + be (或谓语动词) + 数词 + times + the + (size, weight, length, width, depth, height, number…) + of + B.
This playground is three times the size of that one.
3. A + be (或谓语动词) + 数词 + times + 形容词比较级 + than B.
This playground is twice larger than that one.
以下句子的意思是相同的。
This street is four times the length of that one.
= This street is four times as long as that one.
= This street is four times longer than that one.
= This street is four-fold longer than that one.
注意：但若表示“比…大 （长、宽、重、高、深…等）多少”，须用“数字％＋比较级＋than”来表达。上句还可转换为：
This street is 300% longer than that one.
(这条街比那条街长三倍/百分之三百。或：这条街是那条街四倍长)

巩固训练
1. There is ________ place than home.
A. no better B. no best C. no a better D. no good
2. The Yellow River is ________ river in China.
A. second longest B. second longer C. the second longest D. the second longer
3. Which is ________ book, the new one or the old one?
A. better B. the better C. best D. the best
4. There are ________ students in our school than in your school.
A. much more B. much many C. many more D. more much
5. The picture is ________ beautiful than that one.
A. much more B. very more C. quite more D. fairly more
6. He works ________, if not harder than his brother.
A. no harder B. as hard as C. hard as D. as hard
7. The world cup in Paris was the biggest ________ football match in the world.
A. alive B. lively C. living D. live
8. ________ you learn, ________ it will become.
A. The more; the more B. The more; the easier C. More; easier D. More; easiest
9. They live in a ________ village far away from the town, but they don’t feel ________.
A. alone; alone B. alone; lonely C. lonely; lonely D. lonely; alone
10. I’m two years ________ than my sister.
A. older B. elder C. oldest D. eldest
11. Your brother is ________ Wang Lin.
A. as a good boy as B. as good a boy as C. as better a boy than D. as better a boy as
12. Which of the following is wrong?
A. The house is twice larger than that one. B. The house is twice as large as that one.
C. The house is twice the size of that one. D. The house is as twice large as that one.
13. He drives as ________ as he can.
A. carefully B. careful C. much careful D. more carefully
14. The harder you study, __________ progress you’ll make.
A. greater B. the greater C. the greatest D. the more great
15. He made the __________ mistakes in the dictation exercises.
A. less B. least C. fewer D. fewest
16. Which do you think tastes __________, the chicken or the fish?
A. well B. good C. better D. best
17. The horse is getting old and cannot run __________ it did.
A. as faster as B. so fast than C. so faster as D. as fast as
18. John has three sisters; Mary is __________ of the three.
A. more cleverest B. most clever C. the cleverest D. clever
19. He had never spent a __________ day.
A. more worry B. most worrying C. more worrying D. most worried
20. If we followed his plan, we could have done the job better with __________ money and __________ people.
A. less; less B. fewer; fewer C. less; fewer D. fewer; less
21. — Can I help you?
— Well, I’m afraid the box is __________ heavy for you, but thank you all the same.
A. much B. very C. so D. too
22. After the new technique was introduced, the factory produced ________ tractors in 1988 as the year before.
A. as twice many B. as many twice C. twice as many D. twice many as
23. — Excuse me, is this Mr. Brown’s office?
— I’m sorry, but Mr. Brown ________ works here. He left about three weeks ago.
A. not now B. no more C. not still D. no longer
24. The piano in the other shop will be ________, but ________.
A. cheaper; not as better B. more cheap; not as better
C. cheaper; not as good D. more cheap; not as good
25. His dictionary is ________ expensive but ________practical (实用的) than mine.
A. more; more B. less; less C. very; more D. more; less
26. — Shall I sit at this end of the boat or the other end?
— If you keep still, you can sit at ________ end.
A. neither B. each C. either D. any
27. People say that the new film is ________.
A. worth to watch B. well worthy to watch C. worthy of watching D. worth watching
28. — How did you find your visit to the museum?
— I thoroughly enjoyed it. It was ________ interesting than I expected.
A. far more B. even much C. so more D. a lot much
29. My brother has just bought ________ car.
A. fairly a good B. a fairly good C. rather a good D. a rather good
30. I don’t speak ________ you.
A. as half as B. so half well as C. well as half as D. half so well as
KEY: 1—10. ACBCA BDBCA 11—20. BDABD CDCCC 21—30. DCDCD CDABD


五、作后置定语用的形容词短语

许多形容词可以与某些词(组)或结构搭配构成形容词短语。当这些短语在句子中作名词的修饰语时, 应该后置, 其语法功能相当于一个省略形式的定语从句 (限制性或非限制性均可), 也就是说后置的形容词短语相当于省去 "which/who/that + be" 之后保留下来的表语。这种形容词短语的构成方式大致可以分为以下几种:
一、 两个或两个以上的形容词可以在一起由and或but连接而构成形容词短语。这种短语作后置定语时, 一般修饰具有泛指意义的名词。如:
He is a man rude but henpecked.他是一个粗暴而惧内的男人。
children innocent, lively and lovely天真而又活泼可爱的孩子
(注: 此类形容词短语亦可作前置定语)
二、 有些形容词常与某些介词短语搭配, 作后置定语。如:
The leaders present at the meeting tota11ed eight.出席会议的领导共有八人。
This is a subject worthy of careful study.这是一个值得仔细研究的问题。
另外, 有些形容词 (表语形容词除外) 与介词搭配时, 我们还可以把它和其后的介词拆开, 即将形容词置于名词之前, 将介词短语置于名词之后。如:
a question different from this one = a different question from this one 一个与此不同的问题
三、 少数形容词后面可以直接跟逻辑宾语, 用以构成后置定语来修饰名词。如:
She owns a diamond worth four thousand francs 她有一颗价值四千法郎的钻石。
a boy afraid (that) he can’t pass the exam 一个怕这次考试不能及格的男孩
a student confident (that) he will be able to pass the exam一个对通过考试很有自信心的学生
*有的语法书上认为形容词后面的that从句是状语从句, 有的认为是宾语从句。笔者认为这两种说法均有道理, 但总归是形容词和从句构成了形容词短语。如:
We are afraid that you'll not get here on time.
四、 有些形容词可以与后面的动词不定式一起构成可以置于名词之后的短语。如:
Lei Feng was a good comrade, always ready to help others.
雷锋是个好同志, 他总是乐于助人。
so...to do, too...to do和...enough to do等不定式惯用结构也可以用于修饰前面的名词。如:
questions so easy to answer容易回答的问题
problems too difficult to solve难以解决的问题
若被修饰的名词前面有不定冠词, 我们还可以用分隔形式。也就是将形容词放在不定冠词前面, 将不定式放在名词后面。
She is a nurse careful enough to tend patients. = She is careful enough a nurse to tend patients.
她是一位照料病人足够细心的护士。
五、 少量形容词后面可以加-ing分词构成可以后置的短语。如:
peasants busy getting in crops 忙于收割庄稼的农夫们
a student long understanding the problem好不容易才弄懂这个问题的学生
六、 表示距离和时间的名词词组常与后面的形容词一起构成可以后置的形容词短语。如:
a 1eaning tower about 180 feet high 一座约一百八十英尺高的斜塔
a poor little boy, not over 12 years old 一个不超过十二岁的贫苦小男孩
七、 后置的形容词短语还可常由 more...than, no more...than 和 not more...than 等比较级结构或 as...as 结构组成。如:
a student no more diligent than Tom一个和汤姆一样不勤奋的学生
a book as interesting as this one一本与此书同样有趣的书
这种结构同样可以采取分隔形式:
She is a girl as clever as Mary. = She is as clever a girl as Mary.
她是一个象玛丽一样聪明的姑娘。
八、 有些表语形容词(一般多为a-开头)也可以置于名词之后,其功能相当于定语从句。如:
the baby asleep那个熟睡的婴儿
the boy afraid of exams那个怕考试的男孩
九、 单个的分词修饰名词时,可以前置,也可以后置。如:
a stolen car = a car stolen被盗的轿车
若用分词短语修饰名词, 则应后置。如:
a girl interested in maths一位对数学感兴趣的姑娘
the man married to Helen那位与海伦结了婚的男人


六、“It”的用法

“It”在英语中用法非常广泛，但也容易被人误用。笔者现将其常见用法做一简要介绍。
一、 作为代词的it
1． 用作人称代词，代替前文提到过的事物。
The frog is not a warm-blooded animal.
It’s a cold-blooded one.
2． 用以代替提示代词this, that。
— What’s this? —It’s a flag.
— Whose exercise book is that? — It’s here.
3． 起指示代词的作用，指一个人或事物。
— Who is knocking at the door? — It’s me.
— Who is making such a noise? — It must be the children.
4． 指环境情况等。
It was very quiet (noisy) at the moment.
5． 指时间，季节等。
— What time is it? — It is eight o’clock.
6． 指天气或气候。
It often rains in summer.
It’s very cold today, isn’t it?
7． 指距离。
It is five kilometers from the office to my home.
It is a long way to the factory.
二、 作为引导词的it
1. 作形式主语。
当动词不定式（或不定式的复合结构）、动名词或从句作主语时，通常把它们放在谓语之后，而用it作句子的形式主语。例如：
It is not easy to finish the work in two days.
It is not a good habit to stay up late.
It is no use crying over the spilt milk.
It is a pity that you didn’t read the book.
2. 作形式宾语。
当复合宾语中的宾语是不定式、动名词、宾语从句时， 往往把宾语放在它的补足语后面，而用it作形式宾语，放在宾语补足语之前。例如：
I think it no use arguing with him.
I found it very interesting to study English.
He made it clear that he was not interested in this subject.
3. 用于强调结构。
要强调句子的某一部分（通常是主语、状语、宾语），可以把it当作先行词。这种句子的结构是 “It is (was)＋被强调部分＋that (who) +句子的其余部分.” 如果被强调的部分是人， 可用who, whom代替that, 例如：
It is Prof. Lin who / that teaches us English.（强调主语）
It is English that Prof. Lin teaches us.（强调宾语）
It was in Shanghai that I saw the film.（强调状语）
It was in 1975 that I worked in a factory.（强调状语）

巩固训练
1. There is a photo on the wall. ________a photo of Lei Feng.
A. it B. It’s C. Its D. He’s
2. The people there felt ________not so difficult to work with him.
A. it B. its C. it’s D. this
3. He felt ________to work for human rights and progress.
A. it his duty B. his duty C. that is a duty D. that is his duty
4. People in the west make ________a rule to buy Christmas presents for their relatives and friends.
A. that B. it C. this D. as
5. ________needs further discussion whether we’ll build a library or not.
A. We B. He C. It D. The thing
6. We found ________impossible to take the defeat ________down.
A. that; lying B. this; laid C. it; to lie D. it; lying
7. I think ________right that you didn’t go there.
A. you B. that C. it D. its
8. ________is no good ________without doing anything.
A. This; talking B. It; to talk C. It; talking D. That; to talk
9. It ________Mike and Mary who helped the old man several days ago.
A. was B. are C. were D. had been
10. ________four years since I left the Lao Shan front.
A. It was B. There was C. There is D. It is
11. How long ________to finish the work?
A. you’ll take B. will take you C. you’ll take it D. will it take you
12. It was through Jack ________Mary got to know Bob.
A. who B. whom C. how D. that
13. It was simply for that reason ________I wouldn’t tell him the truth.
A. why B. that C. which D. so
14. It was ________I went there ________I began to know something about the matter.
A. until; when `B. until; that C. not until; that D. not when; that
15. It was on October 1st ________new China was founded.
A. which B. when C. as D. that
16. It’s the third time ________I have been here.
A. that B. after C. when D. who
17. It was ten years later ________Mathilde knew that the lost necklace was not a real diamond necklace.
A. which B. that C. what D. but
18. It was in the rice fields ________we had our League meeting.
A. where B. that C. in which D. on which
19. It was at the gate ________he told me the news.
A. that B. what C. which D. when
20. Was it because he was very ill ________he asked for leave?
A. that’s B. so C. that D. and
21. ________will take you a lot of time to find him in the crowd.
A. It B. I C. We D. They
22. It was not until last night________ he finally made up his mind.
A. which B. when C. that D. had
23. ________is different between A and B.
A. There B. Where C. It D. What
24. ________is no difference between A and B.
A. There B Where C. It D. What
25. He said “________a long way to school. ________a long way to go yet before we arrive.”
A. It is; There is B. There is; it is C. It is; It is D. There is; There is
KEY: 1—10. BAABC DCCAD 11—20. DDBCD ABBAC 21—25. ACCAA


七、情态动词

情态动词顾名思义就是表示情感和态度的词，常见的有：can (could); may (might); must; have to; shall (should); will (would); need; dare (dared); ought to; 情态动词没有人称和数的变化，不能单独使用，它与其后的动词原形合成谓语结构。它们的用法如下：
一. can和could 的用法
1. 表示能力或客观的可能性，还可以表示请求和允许。如：
Can you finish this work tonight? Man cannot live without air.
— Can I go now? — Yes, you can.
注意：
1) could表示语气较委婉的请求，主要用语疑问句，（用于此意义时不用在肯定句）答语用can。
— Could I come to see you tomorrow?
— Yes, you can. (不能用could). （否定句常用No, I'm afraid not.）
2) can表示能力时，还可以用 “be able to” 代替，例如：
I'll be able to come this afternoon.
但当我们要表示“某件事已成”时，须用 “was (were) able to”不能用could，例如：
He was able to go to the party yesterday evening and he enjoyed himself very much.
2. 表示“惊异、怀疑、不相信”的态度。（主要用在否定句、疑问句和感叹句中）
Can this be true? How can you say like that? This cannot be done by him.
3. “can (could) + have + done” 的疑问或否定形式表示对过去发生的行为怀疑或不肯定。
He cannot have been to that town. Can he have got the book?
二. may 和might 的用法
1. 表示许可，表示请求、允许时，might 比may 的语气更加委婉一些，否定回答时可用can’t 或mustn’t, 表示“不可以、禁止、阻止”之意。 例如：
— Might I use your pen? — No, you mustn’t.
— May I take this book out? — Yes, you can (— No, you can’t/ mustn’t.)
用May I… 征询对方许可在文体上较正式，在口气上比较客气，在日常口语中，用Can I… 征询对方意见在现代口语中更为常见。
2. 用于表示祝愿的句子中。例如：
May you success! May you be happy! May you have a good journey!
3. 表示推测、可能（疑问句中不用于此意）
He may be very busy now. (此句中用might 语气较弱)
4. “May (Might) + have + done” 表示对过去发生的行为的推测。例如：
He may not have finished the work. (此句中用might 语气较更弱)
三. must 和 have to 的用法
1. 表示“必须、必要”。
You must come on time.
当must 引出的问句时， 若是否定的回答，不能用mustn’t，而用needn’t或don’t have to.
— Must we hand in our exercise our books today?
— Yes, you must. (No, needn’t/you don’t have to.)
2. “must be + 表语”的结构表示推测，它的否定或疑问形式用can 代替must。如：
He must be our new teacher.
Can he be our new teacher? He can’t be our new teacher.
※ 附加疑问句要和谓语动词实际时态一致。如：
He must be our new teacher, isn’t he?
3. “must + have +done” 的结构常用在肯定句中，表示对过去或完成的情况推测，它的否定或疑问形式也用can代替must.
He must have finished his work.
※ 附加疑问句也要和谓语动词实际时态一致。如：
He must have finished his work already, hasn’t he?
He must have finished his work at four yesterday, didn’t he?
4. have to 的含义与must相似，两者往往可以互换使用，但have to有各种形式，随have的变化而定，must 与have to有下列几点不同：
1) must表示的是说话人的主观看法，而have to则往往强调客观需要，例如：
The play is not interesting. I really must go now.
I had to work when I was your age.
2) 两者的否定意义大不相同。例如：
You mustn’t go. (你不可以去) You don’t have to go. (你不必去)
3) 询问对方的意见时应用must。
Must I hand in the exercise book before eight?
4) must 表示“偏偏”
Must it rain today? （今天怎么偏偏下雨呢？）
四. dare 和need的用法
1. need表示“需要，必须”，作情态动词时，仅用于疑问句和否定句，在肯定句中一般用must, have to, ought to,或should代替。例如：
You needn’t come so early.
— Need I clean all the room right now? — Yes, you must. (— No, you needn’t.)
注意：needn’t + have +done表示“本来不必要做的事而实际上做了”，例如：
You needn’t have waited for me. 你本来没有必要等我的。
2. dare作情态动词时，主要用于疑问句，否定句和条件句中，一般不用于肯定句，例如：
How dare you take my book without permission?
He dare not speak English before such a crowd, dare he?
3. need和dare作情态动词时，过去时形式与现在形式相同（美国英语中可用dared）。
He was so angry that no one dared say a word.
They said that he needn’t stay there any longer.
4. need和dare常用实义动词，有时态、人称和数的变化。不同的是dare作实义动词时，在肯定句中通常接带to的不定式，在疑问句和否定句中，dare之后的不定式可带to或不带to。例如：
He needs to finish the work before nightfall.
I dare to swim across this river.
He does not dare (to) answer the teacher’s question.
Don’t you dare (to) touch it?
I wonder he dared say that.
5. I dare say是习惯用语，常可写为I daresay，用法有以下几种：
1) “敢于说”，通常接that或what引导的名词性从句。
I dare say that he has stolen Tom’s football. I dare say what I think.
2) “我想；恐怕；大概；也许是”，通常作插入语用，使句子委婉。
I dare say there is something wrong with the machines.
You’re tired, I dare say.
You, I dare say, think otherwise.
3) I dare say往往也作为反语使用。
Oh, you mean to defeat our football team? I dare say you will. （噢！你们想赢我们的足球队？也许可以吧。）
五. shall和should的用法。
1. shall用于第一人称疑问句。表示征求对方意见。
What shall we do this evening?
Shall I open the window?
2. shall 用语第三人称疑问句中，表示说话人征求对方的意见或向对方请示。
When shall he be able to leave the hospital?
3. shall用于第二、三人称的陈述句，表示说话人给对方的“命令、警告、允诺或威胁”。
You shall fail if you don’t work harder.
He shall have the book when I finish reading.
He shall be punished.
4. should表示劝告、建议、命令，其同义词是ought to，在疑问句中，通常用should代替ought to.
You should go to class right away.
Should I open the window?
5. should + have +done应该做的事实上没做；shouldn’t have done不该做的事却已经做了，常含有责备的意思。
You should have started earlier this morning.
You shouldn’t have treated her like that.
六. will和would的用法。
1. 用于疑问句表示请求、建议等，would比will的语气更加委婉。
Will you please give me a hand?
Would you mind my smoking here?
2. 表示意志、愿望和决心。
I will never do that again.
They asked us if we would do that again.
3. 用“will be”和“will have done”的结构表示推测，主要用于二、三人称，前者表示对目前的情况的推测，后者表示对已经完成的动作或事态的推测。
This will be the book you want.
He will have arrived by now.
4. would可表示过去反复发生的动作或某种倾向，表示过去习惯时比used to正式，同时它没有“现在已无此习惯”的含义。
I would visit him during my vacation.
The patient would not recover.
5. 表示料想或猜想。
He would be your new teacher.
He would not come any more.
七. ought to的用法。
1. ought to表示应该时意义与should基本一致，但更侧重于一种义务或责任。
You ought to take care of him.
Parents ought to bring up their children.
2. 表示推测，注意与must表示推测时的区别。
He must be home by now.
He ought to be home by now.
This is where she must be.
This is where she ought to be.
3. ought to have done的用法与should have done的用法相同
注意：ought to在美国英语中，用于否定句和疑问句时，to可以省略。如：
Ought you smoke so much?
You oughtn’t smoke so much.
八. used to; had better; would rather的用法。
1. used to表示过去习惯动作或状态，现在已经不存在，在间接引语中，其形式可不变。如：He told us he used to play football when he was young.
1) 在疑问句、否定句或否定疑问句中，可有两种形式。
疑问句：Did you used to/Used you to go to the same school as your brother?
否定句：I usedn’t to/didn’t use to go there. (usedn’t 也可为usen’t, 发音不变)。
否定句疑问句：Usedn’t you to/Didn’t you used to be interested in the play?
2) 在附加疑问句和简略答语中，也可有两种形式。
She used to be very fat, didn’t/usedn’t she?
— Did you used to/Used you to play chess? — Yes, I did/used to.
2. had better意为“最好”，后接不带to不定式。
We had better go now.
Hadn’t we better stop now?
I think I’d better be going.
You had better have done that.
3. would rather意为“宁愿”，表示选择，后接不带to的不定式。
I’d rather not say anything.
Would you rather work on a farm?
— Wouldn’t you rather stay here? — No, I would not. I’d rather go there.
由于would rather表选择，故后面可接than.
I would rather watch TV than go to see than go to see the film.
I would rather throw it away than you should get it.（若than后面接从句常用should do）
I’d rather you didn’t talk about this to anyone.
※ would rather 还可写为would sooner/would as soon.
专项训练
单项选择
1. — Must we do it now? — No, you________.
A. won’t B. needn’t C. can’t D. don’t
2. You________ to the meeting this afternoon if you have something important to do.
A. needn’t to come B. don’t need come C. don’t need coming D. needn’t come
3. — May I pick a flower in the garden? — ________.
A. No, you needn’t B. Not, please C. No, you mustn’t D. No, you won’t
4. — Can I leave this door open at night? — You________ better not.
A. should. B.would C. could D. had
5. Put on more clothes. You________ be feeling cold with only a shirt on.
A. can B. could C. would D. must
6. I thought you________ like something to read, so I have brought you some books.
A. may B. might C. could D. must
7. There was plenty of time. She________.
A. mustn’t have hurried B. couldn’t have hurried
C. must not hurry D. needn’t have hurried
8. Where is my pen? I ________ it.
A. might lose B. would have lost C. should have lost D. must have lost
9. I didn’t hear the phone. I________ asleep.
A. must be B. must have been C. should be D. should have been
10. He ________ you more help, even though he was very busy.
A. might have given B. might give C. may have given D. may give
11. A computer ________ think for itself; it must be told what to do.
A. can’t B. couldn’t C. may not D. might not
12. — Shall we go skating or stay at home? — Which ________ do yourself?
A. do you rather B. would you rather C. will you rather D. should you rather
13. Tom ought not to________ me your secret, but he meant no harm.
A. have told B. tell C. is telling D. having told
14. — Don’t forget to come top my birthday party tomorrow. — ________.
A. I don’t B. I won’t C. I can’t D. I haven’t
15. It nearly seven o’clock. Jack________ be here at any moment.
A. must B. need C. should D. can
16. — Can I help you, sir? — Yes. I bought this radio here yesterday, but it________.
A. didn’t work B. won’t work C. can’t work D. doesn’t work
17. The fire spread through the hotel very quickly but everyone________ get out.
A. had to B. would C. could D. was able to
18. — When can I come for the photos? I need them tomorrow afternoon. — They________ be ready by 12:00.
A. can B. should C. might D. need
19. — Will you stay for lunch? — Sorry,________. My brother is coming to see me.
A. I mustn’t B. I can’t C. I needn’t D. I won’t
20. — Are you coming to Jeff’s party? — I’m not sure. I________ go to the concert instead
A. must B. would C. should D. might
21. I was really anxious about you. You________ home without a word.
A. mustn’t leave B. shouldn’t have left C. couldn’t have left D. needn’t leave
22. — Is John coming by train? — He should, but he ________ not. He likes driving his car.
A. must B. can C. need D. may
23. A left-luggage office is a place where bags ________ be left for a short time, especially at a railway station.
A. should B. can C. must D. will
24. I’ll do all I ________ help you.
A. can B. can to C. am able to D. could
25. Who________ it be that has left the book on my desk?
A. must B. shall C. may D. can
26. I wish to take a walk with you, ________?
A. will you B. shall we C. may I D. shall I
27. Robots________ a lot of work in place of us.
A. are used to do B. used to do C. are used to doing D. used to doing
28. He must have suffered a great deal from the Great Cultural Revolution,________ he?
A. mustn’t B. needn’t C. didn’t D. hasn’t
29. You oughtn’t to have done wrong to him,________ you?
A. ought B. will C. ought to D. did
30. It’s very late. You________ go home now.
A. had better B. would like to C. would rather D. would sooner
多项选择
31. The fellow________ have made some mistakes at school.
A. can B. may C. must D. might
32. You________ take as much as you can.
A. should B. can C. may D. must
33. Old as he is, he________ walk as fast as the young men.
A. may B. is able to C. can D. doesn’t have to
34. I am sorry that I________ go now.
A. may B. have to C. should D. must
35. ________ you do me a favour to help me out?
A. Should B. Can C. Will D. Would
36. He’s gone to Wuhan. He ________ be in the classroom now.
A. can’t B. mustn’t C. may not D. might
37. It’s terrible. Why________ it rain today?
A. must B. ought C. have to D. should
38. — May I open the door? — No, you________.
A. won’t B. may not C. mustn’t D. wouldn’t
39. Parents________ care for their children. It’s their duty.
A. should B. ought to C. must D. have to
40. That woman with glasses________ be your teacher.
A. may B. would C. must D. might
KEY: 1—10. BDCDD BDDBA 11—20 ABABC DDBBD 21—30. BDDBD CACAA
31. BC 32. ABCD 33. BC 34. BCD 35. BCD 36. A 37. A 38. BC 39. ABCD 40. ABCD


八、There be 句式

“There be” 表示“存在”意义。本文对其用法作一归纳，供同学们参考。
一、 There be ＋n.＋现在分词/过去分词/不定式。此句式中的非谓语动词用作定语。例如：
1. There were so many people watching the fire that the firefighters could not get close to the burning building.
2. The minerals stay in the lake, because there is no river flowing out of the lake.
3. There is someone at the gate to see you.
4. There were millions of people killed in the war.
二、 there be构成的独立主格结构在句中作状语，表示原因，条件等。例如：
1. There being no bus, he had to walk home.
(= As there was no bus, he had to walk home.)
2. There having been much rain, the potatoes went bad in the soil.
(= Since there had been much rain, the potatoes went bad in the soil.)
三、 there常与seem to be, appear to be, be sure to be, be likely to be, happen to be等连用，为there be句式增添新的含义。例如：
1. There seem to be several reasons for changing their minds.
2. There is sure to be a restaurant near here.
3. There are likely to be more difficulties than we expected.
4. There happened to be nobody in the office.
四、 there be可用于下列句式：
1. There is no use arguing with the old woman.
2. There is no good smoking. You’d better give it up.
3. There is no need to leave a message.
4. There is no sense (in) making your parents angry.
5. There is no harm (in) taking more exercise.
6. There is no point (in) punishing such a little boy.
五、 there be中的be表示“存在”概念， 它可以由下列表示“存在”意义的动词取代：
A. there和exist, remain, live, lie, stand等静态动词连用，表示一种状态。例如：
1. Once there lived a king who only cared for new clothes.
2. There stands a tower in the center of the city.
3. There remains nothing to be done.
B. there与come, go, occur, enter, follow, rush, run等动态动词连用，描述某事的发生或某人、某物的到达。例如：
1. There occurred a world-shaking incident that year.
2. There followed a terrible noise after the sudden burst of light.
3. There comes a bus.
4. There goes the bell.
六、 there be可以和情态动词连用。例如：
1. “There must be some mistakes.” said Dr. Baker.
2. If you think there may be an earthquake, it is better to build houses on rock, not on sand.
3. There can’t have been much traffic so late that evening.
七、 there可以和be的各种时态连用。例如：
1. There will be/is going to be an important exam next week.
2. There have been great changes in our hometown since 1978.
3. He said there was going to be/would be a film this evening.
八、 主谓一致。在there be句式中，真正的主语是其后的名词、名词短语或代词，形成倒装句式，但这种倒装句没有相应的自然语序。be动词的形式应与主语的人称和数保持一致。如出现并列主语，be动词一般应与最靠近它的主语保持人称和数的一致。例如：
1. There is a pen, two pencils and three books on the desk.
2. There are three books, two pencils and a pen on the desk.
九、 如果陈序部分是由there be句式构成，则应注意其末尾简短问句的构成。例如：
1. There is a bike in the garden, isn’t there?
2. There used to be a well in the yard, usedn’t/didn’t there?
3. There seems to be a tall tree behind the house, doesn’t there?


九、谈“more than”与“less than”

在中学英语学习中，more than和less than的使用频率相当高，用法也较为复杂。笔者在此将其做分别归类，以便同学们在学习中参考。
一、 more than
1. more than 可放在数词之前，表示“超过；不止；以上”，用于此意义时可与over互换使用。如：
Altogether more than 70 percent of the surface of our planet is covered by water.
“整个说来，我们这个星球的表面有百分之七十以上为水所覆盖。”
2. more than 可放在名词之前，表示“不只是；不仅仅”。
Hibernation is more than sleep. “冬眠不仅仅是睡眠。”
Bamboo is used for more than building. “竹子不只是用于建筑。”
3. more than 可用于形容词或副词前，表示“非常；十分”，与very同义。
She is more than careful.“她非常细心。”
In class, he listens more than attentively. “在课堂上，他听讲十分认真。”
4. more than之后接带有can的从句时，常表示“否定意义”。此时，从句中的谓语必须是及物动词，并且与句子的主语发生逻辑上的动宾关系。例如：
This secret is more than we can let out.“这个秘密我们是不能泄露的。”（主语secret是let out的逻辑宾语。）
比较：less than“不；很少；不到”，具有否定意义。
a) 接形容词、副词：We were busy and less than delighted to have company that day. “那天我们很忙，不高兴有客人来。”
b) The young man is less than twenty years old. “这个年轻人不到20岁。”
二、 more…than
1. “与其…不如…”；“是…而不是…”，常可与“rather than或not so much…as”互换使用。
He is more like a spear than anything else.
= He is like a spear rather than anything else.
= He is not so much like anything else as like a spear.
“与其说他（指大象）像别的什么东西，不如说他像一根梭镖。”
又如：He is more poltroon than cautious. “与其说他谨慎不如说他是怯懦。”
2. more…than之后接含有can的从句同样表示否定意义。
Tom has more insolence than I can stand. = Tom’s insolence is more than I can stand.
“汤姆的傲慢使我难以忍受。”
比较：less… than“不象…；不是…”
Joseph is less honest than his brother. (约瑟弗不是/象他兄弟那样诚实。)
三、 no more than或 not any more than
两者的意思均为“只有；仅仅；不过”（= only; just）。前者多用于书面语；后者常用于口语。
Abram Lincoln’s whole school education added up to no more than one year.
“亚伯拉罕·林肯所受的全部学校教育总共不过一年。”
比较：no less than “不少于；不下于…之多；多达；”。
In that battle, we wiped out no less than twenty thousand enemies.
“在那一次战役中，我们消灭敌人不下两万人。”
四、 no more…than或not…any more than
1. “和…一样地不…”，意味着两者都否定，但往往着重说明前面的一个分句，其作用相当于“neither…nor”。例如：
Mary is no more diligent than Tom. = Neither Mary nor Tom is diligent.
“玛丽和汤姆俩人都不勤奋。”
2. “不…正如…不…一样”，常用来加重说话者的语气。例如：
We can no more leave the Party than fish can leave water.
“我们不能离开党，正如鱼儿离不开水一样。”
比较：no less…than “（至少）和…一样”
He is no less active than he used to be. “他和以前一样活跃。”
五、 not more than
常用于数词之前，意为“至多；顶多；不超过”，其意义与at (the) most相同。
There on some hay on the ground lay a peasant boy of not more than seventeen.
“地上的干草上躺着一个农家孩子，最多不过17岁。”
比较：not less than“不少于”，意义同at (the ) least。严格说来，no less than和not less than有所区别，但现代英语中已经混用，均相当于 “as many as”。
Our school has not less than / no less than three thousand students.
“我们学校拥有学生不下三千人。”
六、 not more… than
“不如…；不及于…”，语气常着重于后面的一个分句，常可与“not so/as … as”互换使用。
This story is not more interesting than that one. = This story is no so/as interesting than that one.
“这个故事不如那个故事有趣。”
比较：严格说来not less…than 的意思是“至少不比…差”，意味着或许还要强一些，但现在基本和no less than混用。
His English is not less than yours. “他的英语至少不比你的英语差。”


十、主谓一致三原则

英语中主谓一致是指句中的谓语动词和主语在人称和数上保持一致。在做涉及主谓一致的练习时,同学们有时会觉得顾此失彼。究其原因,往往是没有把握住主语的真正内涵,考虑不周全。笔者对此问题作一总结,供同学们参考。一般来说,主谓一致要遵循以下三个原则:
一、语法一致原则
主谓一致是指句子的主语和谓语在语法形式上保持一致。
(1)主语后面有as well as, with, together, along with, but, like, except, including等非并列连接性短语时, 谓语动词不受该短语中名词数的影响, 仍和主语在人称和数上保持一致。例如:
No one except two boys was late for school.
There was a bill along with the parce1.
The teacher as well as the students likes this painting.
(2)由and或both.…and连接的名词作复合主语时, 谓语动词用复数形式。例如:
The red rose and the white rose are very beautifu1.
Both bread and butter were sold out in that shop.
但要注意, 如果连接的两个名词表示同一概念, 即指同一个人或物时(其特征是and后的名词没有任何冠词), 则主语表示单数意义。例如:
The secretary and principal of the schoo1 was present at the meeting.
The writer and poet has decided to be on holiday in Guilin.
(3)在each.…and each..., every ...and every..., no...and...后分别跟单数名词作主语时, 谓语动词用单数形式。例如:
There is no sound and no voice in the reading room.
In China every man and every woman has the right to vote on this problem.
(4) either, each, neither或no +单数名词以及由no, some, any, every等
构成的复合不定代词作主语时,谓语动词都用单数形式。例如:
Is everyone here today?
Each of us has a new book.
Neither is correct.
需要说明的是：在口语中,如果either, neither和none后面有 "of +复数名词/代词" 作主语时, 动词用单数或复数形式均可。例如:
Neither of them is/are correct.
None of the doctors have/has been to the Great Wall.
但要注意 "none of+单数名词" 作主语时, 谓语动词用单数形式。
(5) 动词不定式、动名词或名词性从句作主语时, 谓语动词用单数形式。例如:
To say is one thing, to do is another.
Seeing is believing.
What he has done is right.
但由what引导的主语从句作主语时, 如果其表语是复数形式, 谓语动词通常用复数形式。例如:
What he took with him were three books.
(6) many a后接单数名词时, 谓语动词用单数形式。例如:
Many a pilot was killed in the air raid.
(7)由a lot of, lots of, plenty of, the rest/majority of +名词,以及由 "分数或百分数+名词" 等构成的短语作主语时, 其谓语动词的单、复数形式则要根据名词的单、复数而定。例如:
Two-thirds of the profit was made on that deal.
The rest of the students are boys.
Two percent of the students in our class are boys.
There is still lots of water in the lake.
(8)在倒装句中, 谓语动词的数应与其后的主语保持一致。例如:
On the desk are many different books.
Such are the facts.
There goes the bell.
二、就近一致原则
如果句子有两个或两个以上的主语时, 谓语动词的单复数形式是根据靠近它的主语的单复数来确定的。它主要用于下列情形:
⑴由or, either...or..., neither...nor, not only...but also..., not...but...等连接并列主语时。例如:
Not only he but also I don't know of the matter.
Not only I but also he doesn't know of the matter.
Either he or his classmates are going to Guilin today.
(2)在 "there be ..." 句型中。例如:
There is an apple, two pears and some oranges on the plate.
There are three students, two viewers and our headmaster talking together.
三、逻辑意义一致原则
该原则指的是: 谓语动词的单复数形式不是根据语法形式而是根据主语的内在涵义(即有时主语的单数形式表达的是复数的涵义, 反之亦然)确定的。
(1)表示时间、重量、长度、价值等名词, 尽管其形式是复数,但在概念上是一个整体, 它作主语时, 谓语动词用单数形式。例如:
Thirty minutes is enough for the work.
Ten multiplied by three makes thirty.
Ten dollars is too dear.
Two hundred miles is a good distance.
(2)书名、影片名、格言、剧名、报刊名、国名等的复数形式往往用作单数。例如:
The United States is a developed country.
The Arabian Nights is an interesting story-book.
(3)family, group, class, army, government, team, enemy等集体名词表示整体概念时应看作单数,但表示组成的个体成员时, 应看作复数。例如:
Our family lives in Wuhan.
My family like watching TV at weekend.
The football team are having lunch now.
His class is on the second floor.
注意: people, police, cattle等集体名词作主语时,常表示复数涵义。
(4) "the+形容词/分词" 结构作主语表示一类人时, 常看作复数; 表示抽象概念时, 常看作单数。例如:
The blind are often looked down upon at present.
The wounded were still not well treated.
The beautiful lives forever.
(5)某些以 "-s" 或 "-es" 结尾的表示疾病、学科、游戏等名称的名词和means, news, works等常看作单数。例如:
Diabetes (糖尿病) is a very serious disease.
Every means has been tried to save the boy.
An iron works is far from here.
(6)what, who, which, more, most, all等代词作主语时,表示的是单数还是复数涵义要根据意义或上下文来确定。例如:
Which are your books?
All is going well.
All have gone to Beijing.
(7) "one and a half+名词复数" 表数量作主语时, 谓语动词用单数形式。例如:
One and a half pears has been left on the table.
总之,在语言实践中, 我们不仅要记住一般的语法规则,更要把握好有些名词的内在涵义, 注意提高辨别能力, 才能做好有关主谓一致的题目。
巩固训练
1. All but one __________ present at the meeting just now.
A. is B. was C. has been D. were
2. Not only I but also Jane and Mary __________ tired of having one examination after another.
A. is B. are C. am D. be
3. A library with five thousand books ________ to the nation as a gift.
A. is offered B. has offered C. are offered D. have offered
4. When and where to build the new factory ________ yet.
A. is not decided B. are not decided C. has not decided D. have not decided
5. The number of people invited ____ fifty, but a number of them ____ absent for different reasons.
A. were; was B. was; was C. was; were D. were; were
6. At the bus stop __________ a soldier and two young people on their way to the village.
A. were B. was C. is D. sits
7. If law and order ________, neither the citizen nor his family is safe.
A. are not preserved (维护) B. is not preserved
C. were not preserved D. haven’t been preserved
8. The speaker at the meeting agreed that the ways in which television can educate a person ______ almost infinite (无限的).
A. be B. are C. is D. was
9. There ________ little change in that middle school.
A. have B. had C. have been D. has been
10. Setting fires to public buildings __________ very dangerous.
A. are B. were C. have D. is
11. The teacher, as well as a lot of students, __________ invited to the ball yesterday.
A. was B. were C. is D. are
12. The quality of the books __________ poor.
A. is B. are C. have D. has
13. One of the doctors __________ open.
A. is B. are D. have D. were
14. __________ better wages and working conditions.
A. What interest the workers most are B. What interests the workers most are
C. What’s interesting the workers most is D. What interests the workers most is
15. Many a student and teacher ________ practice in this factory.
A. is having B. have C. are having D. having
16. The thief was being searched for by the police who ________ running after.
A. is B. are C. was D. were
17. The rich ________ for the proposal, but the poor against it.
A. is; is B. are; are; C. was; was D. is; are
18. Each boy and each girl in our class ________ to see the film.
A. want B. is wanting C. wants D. was wanting
19. The class ________ TV in the classroom when the teacher came in.
A. is watching B. was watching C. are watching D. were watching
20. Over 70 percent of the population of China ________ peasants.
A. was B. were C. is D. are
21. More than one answer ________ to the question.
A. had given B. were given C. has been given D. have been given
22. The Arabian Nights ________ well known to English lovers.
A. is B. are C. were D. was
23. I, who ________ your good friend, will share your joys and sorrows.
A. was B. is C. are D. am
24. At the foot of the mountain ________ a lot of trees.
A. are grown B. is standing C. grow D. stands
25. Going to bed early and getting up early ________ a good habit.
A. are B. is C. be D. will be
26. — ________ either he or I fit for the job?
— Neither he nor you ________.
A. Am; are B. Is; are C. Are; are D. Is; is
27. I don’t think three days ________ enough for such a trip.
A. is B. are C. isn’t D. aren’t
28. Every means ________ tried.
A. has been B. have been C. are D. were
29. Films of this kind ________ not worth seeing.
A. is B. are C. did D. has
30. He brought me two novels and an English dictionary. Such ________ the gifts he gave me.
A. was B. were C. is D. are
1—10. DBAAC ABBDD 11—20. AAABA DBCDD 21—30. CADCB BAABB


十一、非谓语动词

所谓非谓语动词，顾名思义也就是不能单独用作谓语的动词（但与助动词结合可构成“进行时态、系表结构、完成时态、被动语态等谓语形式”），非谓语动词在英语句子结构中用法非常广泛、灵活，可充当主语、表语、宾语、补语、定语、状语等。现在笔者向同学们作分类介绍：
动词不定式
一、 不定式作主语
1. 一般置于句首：
To see one time is better than to hear one hundred times.
2. 常见用it代替它作形式主语，而把不定式或不定式结构移到句尾：
It's our duty to serve the people．
3. 在含有不定式作主语的疑问句或感叹句中，一般只用it作形式主语。常见：
Is it a good idea to plant some flowers there？
不可以说：*Is to plant some flowers there a good idea？
二、 不定式作表语
连系动词be，seem，appear，get，remain等常用不定式作表语，如果主语部分有实义动词do时，表语常可用不带to的不定式。例如：
My idea is to have a trip on Sunday．
The only thing I can do now is wait at home.
三、 不定式作动词宾语
1. 动词＋不定式：The girl asked to see the headmaster．
常见的跟带to的不定式结构作宾语的动词有：agree，aim，arrange，ask，choose，decide， demand，pretend，expect，hope，learn，long，manage，offer，pretend，promise，refuse，wish，want，hate等。但help后的不定式常可省掉的，如：
They helped（to）do the cleaning this morning.
2. 动词十疑问词（why除外）＋不定式：We must find out what to do next.
常见能跟“疑问词十不定式”结构作宾语的动词有：decide，find out，forget，know，learn， remember，see，think，understand，wonder等。
3. 形式宾语it十宾语补足语十不定式
I felt it my duty to report it to the headmaster．
有时也用：形式宾语it＋宾语补足语＋for＋名词＋不定式：
All these noises made it impossible for me to go on with the work.
后接以上结构的常用动词有：feel，find，make，think，count等。
四、 不定式作介词宾语
一般说来，不定式不用作介词宾语。但在以下两种情况则可以。
1. 在介词but／except之后接不定式作宾语。如果but／except前有实义动词do，but／except 后的不定式通常不带to；如果but／except前没有实义动词do，but／except后的不定式—般要带to。试比较：
They could do nothing but wait for the teacher to arrive.
He seldom comes except to ask for help.
2. 介词＋疑问词（why除外）＋带to的不定式
They are talking about where to spend their holiday.
Everyone has his own idea of how to do it.
五、 不定式作宾语补足语
这类结构常见的有：
1. 动词＋宾语＋带to的不定式
They warned us not to go out at night.
后接“宾语＋带to的不定式”的动词常见的有：advise，allow，ask，command，encourage， forbid，force，invite，require，order，persuade，cause，call on，wait for，show, how，teach／teach how，tell／tell how等。
2. 动词十宾语＋不带to的不定式：Did you notice anyone take away my raincoat？
后接“宾语十不带to的不定式”的动词常见的有：feel，see，hear，let，have，make，watch，listen to, notice，observe等。注意：
1) feel十宾语＋to be的不定式时， to不可省略。
2) let变为被动态，而后面要接to的不定式时，to可保留也可省略。
3) have，notice，watch不用于被动语态。
4) see，hear，make，listen to, notice，observe变为被动态时，后面须要改接带to的不定式：
That made us wait for five years. ＞＞＞ We were made to wait for five hours.
六、 不定式作定语
不定式作定语时，通常放在被修饰的名词之后，往往表示将要发生的行为。
I have no wish to become a sailor.
1. 不定式与所修饰的名词之间的逻辑关系
1) 动宾关系：
Do you have anything else to say？ （anything是to say的逻辑宾语）
I have a lot of things to do. (to do与a lot of things之间存在逻辑动宾关系。)
2) 说明修饰的名词的内容：
She has a wish to go back to her home village.（不定式说明wish的具体内容）
3) 主谓关系：
The next man to come is Mr.．Green（the next man是to come的逻辑主语）
2. “不及物动词不定式＋介词”作后置定语
如果作定语的不定式是一个不及物动词，有时需要加上一个适当的介词才能同所修 饰的名词发生联系：
They had no house to live in． There is nothing （for us） to worry about.
当不定式修饰time，place或way时，后面一般都省掉介词，例如：
They had no place to live.（一般不加in）
There is still plenty of time to finish the work.
This is the way to wash my teeth．
3. 不定式用在the first，the second以及the last，the only等后，或用在最高级后作定语。
He loves parties； He is always the first to come and the last to leave.
She was the last one to hand in her paper．
七、 不定式作状语
1. 表示目的：
He was running to catch the bus.
不定式作目的状语时，前后常加in order或so as。如：
He came here in order to learn from you.
I went early so as not to miss the train.
注意：to或in order to引起的状语可放在句首或句尾：而so as to引起的状语只能放在句中或句尾。
2. 表示结果：
They lifted a rock only to drop it on their own feet.
不定式作结果状语时，常与以下结构搭配：
1) so…as to “如此…以致……”
Would you be so kind as to lend me your dictionary？
2) such…as to“如此……以致¨…·”
He is such a fool as to think that he'll be a king.
3) enough to “足以……”
This sea fish looks almost good enough to eat.
He didn't jump high enough to win a prize.
4) too…to… “太…而不（以致不）…”
He was too young to understand all that.
但要注意，在以下句子中的too…to并无否定意义：不定式也不表示结果：
I shall be only too pleased to get home．（only too =very）
They were too anxious to leave. （too＝very）
It's too kind of you to have told me that.（不定式作主语）
You are too ready to quarrel with others.（不定式作ready的状语）
5) 不定式前用only表示不愿得到的或出乎意料的结果。试比较
He went to the Internet bar to see his friend.（表目的）
He went to the Internet bar only to see his teacher.（表结果）
3. 表示原因：
We jumped with joy to hear the news.
从上可看出，表示目的、结果、原因的不定式结构形式相似，区别在于词汇意思不同，试比较：
The woman wept to obtain sympathy.（目的：为获得同情）
The woman wept to become all tears.（结果：泪流满面）
The woman wept to hear the bad news.（原因：因闻此坏消息）
八、 不定式的复合结构
1. for＋名词或代词宾格＋带to的不定式
如果不定式结构的逻辑主语不是句子的主语，可以用for引起的短语来表示：
It will be a mistake for us not to help them。
We'd better find some work for the students to do．
2. of＋名词或代词＋带to的不定式
在it作先行词的句中，如果表语是形容词，而这个形容词又用来表不定式逻辑主语 的人或动物的性格特征或行为表现等，这时，不定式的逻辑主语常用of引起的短语表示：
It's kind of you to think so much of us. （=You are so kind to think so much of us.）
常见能用于这类结构的形容词有：brave，clever，cruel，foolish，good，honest，horrible，kind，Lazy，nice，polite，rude，selfish，silly，stupid，wise等。
九、 不定式的否定式
在不定式前面加not，never等构成其否定式，如果该不定式前不带to，则直接在动词原 形前面加not，never等。例如：
They got up early so as not to miss the early bus
They decided not to accept their invitation.
You'd better not go to the party tonight.
They are believed not to have done such a thing.
十、 不定式的完成式
1. 形式：（以do为例）to have done（主动形式），to have been done（被动形式）；
2. 用法：不定式所表示的动作发生在谓语动词所表示的动作之前，常用不定式的完成式：
He is said to have written a new book about Europe.
不定式的完成式主要用于以下几种情况：
1) 和seem，happen，appear，be said，be believed，be thought等连用，构成复合谓语：
She seemed to have heard about it already．
2) 用在作表语的形容词glad，sorry，lucky等后面作状语：
3) 用在pretend，expect，mean，would like等动词后面作宾语：
I meant to have told you about it， but I forgot to do so.
十一、 不定式的进行式
1. 形式：（以do为例）to be doing
2. 用法：如果谓语动词表示的动作（或情况）发生时，不定式表示的动作正在进行，这时不定式就要用进行式：
He seems to be enjoying himself.
不定式的进行式主要可以用于：
1) 构成复合谓语：
They are said to be building another bridge across the river．
2) 在某些动词后构成复合宾语：
We didn't expect you to be waiting for us here.
3) 在某些动词后作宾语：
You don't need to be worrying about her. She is safe at home.
十二、 不定式的被动式
1. 形式：（以do为例）to be done（一般式），to have been done（完成式）；
2. 用法：当不定式的逻辑主语是用不定式所表示的动作的承受者时，不定式一般要用被动 形式：
She asked to be sent to work in the country．
这种形式可以用来做主语、宾语、定语、状语，并可构成复合宾语或复合谓语。但须注意的是，在某些结构中不定式虽然表示被动的含义，用的却是主动形式：
We still have many difficulties to smooth away．
They found the sentence hard to understand.
在以上句子中，虽然不定式与最近的名词（代词）有动宾关系，但与句子中另一个名词（代词）却可能有主谓关系，运或许是用主动形式的原因。如果不存在这种主谓关系，这不定式仍常用被动式：
Let me show you the room to be used as teachers’ reading room.
巩固训练
1. The girl seemed very interested in watching me ________ the experiment.
A. to do B. do C. in doing D. for doing
2. We wish you ________ how disappointed we were when we heard the news..
A. realize B . realizing C. to realize D. will realize
3. What ________ you to make such a decision?
A. made B. let C. had D. caused
4. Bob’s par4ents want Bob ________ all the rules at school.
A. obey B. to obey C. obeying D. will obey
5. many parents closed their children ________own decisions.
A. to make their B. making the C. made their D. will make their
6. Will you attend the meeting ________ next month?
A. to hold B. being held C. to be held D. will be held
7. We won’t ________ him be treated in that way.
A. make B. permit C. have D. let
8. We didn’t expect ct you ________ for us here.
A. waiting B. to be waiting C. to have waited D. waited
9. He is believed________ a new book.
A. having already written B. already writing C. to write already D. to have already written
10. Most of the officials think the best man ________ the position is Professor Johnson.
A. holding B. to hold C. having held D. will hold
11. It is important ________ to turn off the light when you leave the room.
A. remember B . to remember C. of remembering D. remembering
12. It is great honor ________ present at this meeting.
A. for us to be B. for us to C. of us to b e D. for your being
13. It’s kind ________ so much of us.
A. for you to think B. for you thinking C. of you to think D. of you thinking
14. What I would suggest is ________ the job right away.
A. to start B. starts C. of staring D. for staring
15. It’s a new dictionary, he seems ________ this book the other day.
A. to buy B. buying C. to have bought D. to have been bought
KEY: BCDBA CDCDB BACAC
动名词
一、 动名词作主语
1. 一般置于句首：
Reading English is easier than speaking it.
2. 有时也可以用it作形式主语，而把动名词放在谓语动词之后。
It will be nice seeing them again.
这类句子结构常见的还有：
1) It’s no use…；It is no use crying over spilt milk.
2) It's no good…；It is no good feeling self——satisfied over your first success．
3) Is it any good…？ Is it any good trying to exp1ain？
4) It's a waste of time…；It's a waste of time arguing about it.
3. 动名词还可以在There is no…句子结构中做主语：
There is no asking him to come now．He is busy．
这种句子中的动名词常带有宾语，其句型含义相当于It is impossible to do…
二、 动名词作表语
连系动词常与动名词连用，一起构成复合谓语：
Our task is building China into a powerfu1 modern socialist country.
三、 动名词作宾语
1. 作动词宾语：
This factory has stopped producing the old type of engine.
必须接动名词作宾语的动词常见的有：consider，delay，dislike，enjoy，excuse，finish， give up，cannot help（禁不住），imagine，mind，miss，practise，put off，resist，suggest， pardon，stop，allow，permit，forbid，appreciate等。
2. 作介词宾语：
在介词后面，常常用动名词作宾语，这样构成的介词短语常用作定语或状语
There are several ways of doing it.（定语）
After finishing the experiments， we wrote down the results.（状语）
这样的介词短语间或作表语：
I am for putting the meeting off.
须接动名词做介词宾语的成语很多，最常见的有：Insist on, think of dream of hear of prevent…from, keep…from, stop…from, be engaged in, look forward to，depend on，thank…for, feel like，excuse…for, aim at, devote…to, set about, spend…（in），waste…(in),
get／be used to，be fond of be afraid of, be tired of succeed in, be interested in, feel／be ashamed of, be proud of等。
四、 动名词的逻辑主语：
动名词之前可以加上一个物主代词、名词的所有格、人称代词的宾格或名词的普通格，来表示这个动名词的逻辑主语。
1. 物主代词＋动名词
这种结构可置于句首，也可放在句中或句末，常可用作主语、表语、宾语或介词宾语：
His going there won't do any harm（主语）
Do you think his going there will be of any help？ （主语）
What's troubling them is their not having enough food．（表语）
They insisted on my staying there for dinner.（宾语）
2. 名词的所有格＋动名词
其用法与“物主代词＋动名词”相同：
We all thought Tom's going there a great mistake.
3. 人称代词宾格＋动名词（不能放在句首用作主语）He was angry about me not having to leave early.
4. 名词的普通格＋动名词（不能放在句首用作主语）
I don't like young people smoking.
其它情况下的动名词的逻辑主语形式
1) 如果动名词的逻辑主语是无生命的东西，就只能用普通格。
Is there any hope of your factory winning the game？
2) 如果动名词的逻辑主语是一个较长的名词词组，也只能用普通格：
Did you ever hear of a man of good sense refusing such an order？
3) 当动名词的逻辑主语是不定代词、指示代词或指时间的it时，常用其宾格：
There is no chance of that being settled.
I’m sorry. I have no idea of it being midnight.
五、 动名词的否定式
1. 一般式：not doing（主动形式）：not being done（被动形式）
2. 完成式：not having done（主动形式）；not having been done（被动形式）
注意：当动名词带有逻辑主语时，not应放在逻辑主语后面。如：his not seeing the film.
六、 动名词的完成式
其形式为：（以do为例）having done（主动形式）；having been done（被动形式）。如果动名词表示的动作发生在谓语动词表示的动作之前，常用其完成式：
He was praised for having completed thirty years of teach.
但是在forget，remember，regret等动词和apologize for，excuse…for，thank…for等成语后， 经常可用动名词的一般式来代替其完成式：
I remember posting （＝having posted） the letter．
Excuse me for coming （＝having come） late
七、 动名词的被动式
其形式为：（以do为例）being done（一般式）；having been done（完成式）
当动名词的逻辑主语是动名词所表示的动作的对象；当句中的主语逻辑上是动名词所表示的动作的对象时，动名词一般要用被动式（多数情况下用一般被动式代替完成被动式）：
They insisted on their being treated as ordinary workers.
This question is far from being settled.
巩固训练
1. People call that ________ two birds with one stone.
A. kill B. killed C. killing D. being killed
2. It’s no good his ________ in these conditions.
A. work B. to work C. working D. works
3. We missed ________ the film when it was shown last week.
A. seeing B. to see C. that we saw D. having been seen
4. he thought that his fears of ________ had been proved true.
A. fooling B. to fool C. being fooled D. to be fooled
5. After that he expected Peter to do thee work without ________how.
A. tell B. to tell C. telling D. being told
6. He never told me about his ________ the experiment many times.
A. to do B. doing C. having done D. having been done
7. There is no ________ what will happen.
A. tell B. to tell C. telling D. told
8. Paul is angry about ________ to the party.
A. not inviting B. not having invited C. having not been invited D. not being invited
9. Sorry, we don’t allow ________here.
A. smoking B. to smoke C. for anyone smoking D. to be smoking
10. I had a hard time ________ with the problem.
A. to deal B. dealing C. dealt D. to be dealt
11. During the holiday part of his time was spent ________.
A. to swim B. to a swim C. to swimming D. swimming
12. I was afraid of the ________ down during the night.
A. house being fallen B. houses being fallen C. house falling D. house’s falling
13. This prevented the letter ________.
A. not to send B. not to be send C. from sending D. from being sent
14. The teacher insisted on ________ a little louder.
A. at the back the student’s speaking B. the student’s at the back speaking
C. the student at the back speaking D. for the student speaking at the back
15. There is a chance of ________ here.
A. several coming B. several’s coming C. severals’ coming D. for several coming
KEY: CCACD CCDAB DCDCA
分词
一、 分词的基本概念
分词有现在分词和过去分词两种，主要在句中要起形容词和副词的作用。它们可以带有自己 的宾语、表语、状语等。
现在分词与过去分词的区别主要表现在语态和时间关系上:
1. 在语态上，现在分词表示主动的意思，而及物动词的过去分词表示被动的意思：
the moving body（运动着的物体）：the moved body（被移动的物体）。
2. 在时间关系上，一般来说，现在分词表示正在进行的动作或动作的进展过程，即它所表示的动作和句中谓语动词所表示的动作几乎是同时发生的；而过去分词表示已完成的动作或己存在的状态，即它所表示的动作一般先于句中谓语动词所表示的动作：
I saw someone opening the door.
I saw the door opened.
二、 分词作定语
分词或分词短语作定语，通常是说明句子中名词的，但有时也说明代词one（ones），that (those)，some，others，anything，something等：
The girl in the next room is his sister.
Today's computers are of much greater difference those used in the past（说明those）
1. 现在分词作定语
1) 表示正在进行的动作（变为定语从句时常用进行时态）：
The man standing（＝Who is standing）at the door is our new maths teacher．
2) 表示经常性动作或现在（或当时）的状态（变为定语从句时常用一般时态）：
They visited the museum lying（＝which lies）nearby .
3) 动词wish，want，hope，know，think，believe，expect的现在分词短语常可用作定语。例如：
People wishing （＝ who wished）to see the film star had waited two hours outside the cinema.
4) 除以上情况外，用定语从句比用现在分词短语作定语更好。例如：
The students who had attended the lecture were discussing it.
2. 过去分词短语作定语
1) 意指过去分词所表示的动作是在谓语所表示的动作之前发生：
Is this book written by the young man？
A letter posted this morning will probably reach her tomorrow.
2) 没有一定的时间性：
I don't like to see letters written in pencil.
3. 作定语时的位置
1) 单个分词作定语，常置于被说明的词之前，不强调动作而强调某种性质或特征：
The cold wind was blowing through a broken window.
2) 单个分词作定语，有时放在被说明的词之后，用来强调动作：
We have had good harvests for many years running. （我们连续多年获得丰收。）
3) 分词短语作定语时，通常位于被说明的词之后
三、 分词作状语
分词及分词短语作状语，通常用来说明句中谓语动词。其位置可在句首、句子中间或句末，一般用逗号分开。放在句首的常表示时间、原因、条件；放在句末的常表示结果、方式或伴随情况等。
1. 现在分词短语作状语，其逻辑主语应该和句子的主语是一致的。
1) 作时间状语，相当子when等引起的从句：
Seeing those pictures（＝When he saw those pictures），he couldn’t help thinking of those memorable days in his hometown.
Having done their homework（＝After they had done／did their homework），they went swimming in the lake．
如果两个动作是完全同时发生的，也常用when或while加分词这种结构：
When leaving the station，they waved again and again to us．
He got to know them while attending a meeting in London.
2) 作原因状语，相当于一个表示原因的状语从句：
Being so poor in those days（ ＝As they were so poor），they couldn't afford to send the children to school.
Not having received an answer（＝As she hadn’t received an answer），she wrote another 1etter to her parents.
必须注意：being短语作状语时，通常表示原因，意为“由于某某是…”，不能理解为“当…的时候”。
3) 作结果状语：
They opened fire，killing one of our villagers．
2. 过去分词短语作状语，句中的主语往往是过去分词的逻辑宾语。
1) 作时间状语，相当于一个表示时间的状语从句：
Seen from the hill （＝When it is seen from the hill），our town looks 1ike a beautiful garden.
2) 作原因状语，相当于一个表示原因的状语从句：
Born into a poor family（＝As he was born in a poor family），he got only two years of school education.
3) 说明谓语所表示的动作发生的背景或情况：
Built in 1891， the building is over 100 years Old .
四、 分词作宾语补足语
1. see／hear／watch／notice√smell／feel／observe／listen to／look at＋宾语＋现在分词：
We watched the girl going through some of the movements they had just leaned.
At this moment he noticed the teacher coming in.
2. catch／find＋宾语＋现在分词：
I caught Tom reading my diary and he made an apology to me for it.
We found a tree lying across the road.
3. have／get／keep／leave＋宾语＋现在分词：
I'll have the car waiting at the gate. Will that be all right？
Do you think you can get the radio working？
4. have＋宾语＋过去分词：其中have有三个不同的含义：
1) “使…被完成”（常可用get代替have）：
I'd like to have （get） my radio repaired
2) “遭受”、 “经历”（不能用get代替）：
He had his watch stolen yesterday.
3) “有、拥有”：
He felt in his pocket to see if he had any money left.
5. make ＋ oneself ＋ known／understood／heard等过去分词：
He repeated explanations，but he couldn't make himself understood.
6. with＋介词宾语＋现在分词或过去分词：
They sat in the room with the curtains drawn.
With the tree growing tall，we get more and more shade.
7. like／want／wish／order/＋宾语＋过去分词
He won't like such questions discussed in his house.
8. find或think、feel等＋宾语＋changed／lost／gone／broken／come等过去分词（说明宾语所处的状态）：
We found him greatly changed.
When they entered the hall， they found the guests gone.
以上有些结构可变为被动语态，其补语形式依然不变，起主语补语的作用。
五、 现在分词的完成式
其形式为：having done（主动形式），表示这动作发生在谓语所表示的动作之前：
Having arrived at a decision, they immediately set to work.
六、 现在分词的被动式
其形式为：（以do为例）being done（一般式），having been done（完成式）。
在表示一个被动动作时，如果这动作是现刻正在进行的，或是与谓语所表示的动作同时发生的，常用现在分词的被动式。这种形式可以用来：
1. 作定语：
This is one of the experiments being carried (= which are being carried) on in our lab.
2. 作状语：
Being asked to sing a song，he couldn't very well refuse.
间或用完成被动式：
The decision having been made，the next problem was how to put it into practice. (分词本身带逻辑主语the decision而构成独立主格结构充当状语)
3. 作宾语补足语：
You'll find the news being talked about everywhere.
七、 不及物动词的过去分词
不及物动词的过去分词没有被动意义，而是表示主动的完成的意义：
Gone are the days when we use foreign oil.
（此句是倒装句结构，gone作表语，表示己“一去不复返了”。）
You can see some fallen leaves at the corner.
这类过去分词常见的有：fallen，come，gone, risen, grown up，returned等.
八、 容易混淆的现在分词和过去分词
象interesting和interested一类的“使役动词”的分词在意义和用法上很容易混淆，一般可作如下区分：
1. 一部分表示“情感”，“心情”等意义的动词的现在分词有“令人/使人…的”意思，常用来说明人或事物的特征：
The president made an inspiring speech at the meeting yesterday.
2. 它们的过去分词有“感到／觉得 …”的意思，用来指人的感觉：
这类容易混淆的分词常见的有：encouraging — encouraged； exciting— excited；interesting — interested；astonishing — astonished；disappointing — disappointed；inspiring — inspired；puzzling — puzzled；surprising — surprised；shocking — shocked；discouraging — discouraged；pleasing — pleased；tiring － tired；worrying — worried；satisfying — satisfied；moving — moved；
巩固训练
1. You could see from the ________ look on his face that he had not expected that.
A. surprise B. surprising C. surprised D. being surprised
2. The trees ________ last spring grow well now.
A. planted B. planting C. being planted D. having been planted
3. ________ to 100ºC, water will from steam and become a gas.
A. Heating B. Being heated C. Having heated D. Heated
4. At 9pm. all the prisoners remained ________ in.
A. locking B. locked C. to lock D. to be locked
5. She said she had heard the door ________ a moment before.
A. opening B. opened C. to opened D. have been opened
6. A group of children were seen ________ around the lake.
A. running B. run C. ran D. be running
7. ________ his homework, the boy went out for a walking.
A. Finished B.To finish C. Having finished D. Having been finished
8. While ________ in New York, he made a lot fr4iends.
A. live B. to live C. lived D. living
9. ________ another good chance, he will do it much better.
A. Having given B. Given C. Giving D. Being given
10. ________, we were taken to see the library.
A. showing the lab B. Having shown the lab
C. Having been shown the lab D. Being shown the lab
11. I can’t remember some of the English words ________last week.
A. learning B. having learned C. having been learned D. learned
12. I could not make myself ________ though I tried to explain myself a lot.
A. understand B. understanding C. understood D. be understood
13. The physicist sat at the desk, ________ into the new book.
A. dipped B. dipping C. to be dipped D. having dipped
14. A cold rain was falling ________ with snow.
A. mixed B. mixing C. having mixed D. to be mixed
15. Even if ________, I won’t go.
A. been invited B. being invited C. to be invited D. invited
KEY: CADBB ACDBC DCBAD
非谓语动词用法比较
一、 不定式与动名词作主语时的比较
不定式和动名词在作主语时常常可以互换：
Crying／To cry will not help you out of difficulty
但是要注意以下的几点：
1. 动名词作主语通常表示抽象动作，而不定式作主语通常表示抽象动作，而不定式做主语通常表示具体动作。试比较：
Living in Beijing must be wonderful.（泛指行为）
He realized that to live with her any longer was wrong （具体行为）
2. 当主语被否定时，通常用不定式：
Not to have hope is the poorest of all conditions
3. 在It is important／necessary…的结构中，主语只能用不定式，不用动名词：
It is important to grasp the spirit of a foreign language in order to use it feely．
It became necessary to build new factories for products never before produced
4. 在It takes＋时间等＋。¨的结构中，主语常用不定式：
How much cloth will it take to make a shirt？
5. 在There is no … 和It is no good …结构中，通常用动名词
二、 不定式与动名词作表语时的比较
不定式和动名词在作表语时常常可以互换：
His job is bringing／to bring milk every day
但是，当不定式作主语时，表语用不定式；动名词作主语时，表语也用动名词。
To see is to believe. Seeing is believing.
此外，还应注意以下两点：
1. 主语是it，this，that等指示代词时，表语通常用动名词：
That was playing with fire.
2. 主语是名词时，表语较短时通常用动名词，表语较长时通常用不定式：
My favorite sport is swimming.
What I like is to swim in the sea and then to lie on the sand
三、 不定式与动名词作宾语时的比较
1. 接不定式或动名词作宾语意义区别不大的动词常见的有：begin，start，continue，love， like，propose等：
Almost all the boys like to play／playing football .
但以上的动词中有一部分在下列情况下通常用不定式作宾语：
1) 在would like／love／hate等的后面：
I'd like（love）to have a drink．
2) 当这部分动词是进行时态时：
I'm starting to talk about it.
3) 当begin后接某些感觉或状态动词时：
She began to see what he meant.
2. 接不定式或动名词作宾语，意义不同的动词或词组常见的有：
1) remember／forget／regret＋doing或to do sth
I must remember to ask him （指记住要做的事）
I shall always remember seeing the famous scientist （指记住己经发生过的事）
Don’t forget to bring your dictionary．（不要忘记要做的事）
I will never forget meeting you here （不会忘记曾发生过的事）
I regret telling you so much （懊悔己经作过的事＝I'm sorry told you so much。）
I regret to tell you that you have failed your exam（regret发生在to tell之前，＝I’m sorry to tell you…）
可见，上述用法中，动名词指己经发生的事，不定式指发生在renumber, forget或regret以后的事。要注意：可以用动名词的完成式替代一般式；通常不用*I forgot doing it 而说：I forgot that I had done it 或I forgot about doing it.
2) stop／go on／leave of＋doing或to do sth.
They stopped smoking （停止吸烟）
They stopped to smoke （停下所做的事，开始吸烟）
He went on reading （继续读）
He went on to read．（放下原来做的事，转而读书）
He left off playing tennis （停止打网球）
They left off to play tennis （离开某处去打网球）
以上stop，leave off或go on后面的不定式都不是其宾语，而是作目的状语。
3) try＋to do或doing sth.
He'll try to finish the work as soon as possible.
Please try putting some more salt－ that might make it taste a bit better.
try to do sth.中，try是不及物动词，意思是“没法、努力、尽力”，to do sth作目的状语；try doing sth中，try是及物动词，意思是“尝试、试一试”，看会发生什么情况，动名词作宾语。
4) mean＋to do／doing sth.
接不定式时，意思是“有…的意图、打算。
I meant to telephone you last Friday but I didn’t have time to.
接动名词时，意为“意味着”，“就是…
This kind of illness means going to hospital.
5) need／want／require＋doing（＝to be done）。
接动名词的主动形式表示被动含义，此处也能用不定式的被动形式代换，但用动名词较为常见：
The room wants repairing （ ＝ to be repaired）
The radio needs fixing （ ＝ to be fixed）
6) be afraid＋to do sth。或of doing sth.
接带to的不定式时，意为“不敢”做某事，“害怕”做某事：
She was afraid to see you again.
接“of＋动名词”时，意为“担心”或“害怕”发生某种情况：
I'm afraid of making mistakes when I speak English.
7) be interested＋to do sth。／in doing sth。
My sister is interested in becoming a doctor．
(指她想当医生，动名词表示将要发生的事。)
My sister is interested to be a doctor。
(指她当医生后感到有意思，不定式表示已经发生的事。)
3. 除了一部分既可接不定式、也可按动名词作宾语的动词外，还有一部分动词后面只能接不定式作宾语；另有一部分动词和成语后只能接动名词作宾语。关于这两点可以参看前面讲到的不定式和动名词条款。
四、 to be done，being done或done（作定语）
不定式被动式、现在分词一般被动式与过去分词作定语时，存在时间关系上的区别。例如：
The power station to be built next year will be of great benefit to the industry and agriculture of our Province.（to be built指将来 ＝which will be bui1t）
The power station being built now will be one of the largest in Asia.（being built＝which is being built.
The power station built on the river last year has been left to our management.(built on the river指己完成 ＝ which was bui1t on the river ）
五、 不定式和分词作宾语补足语时的比较
1. 在see，hear，find等一类表示感觉的动词后：
1) 不带to不定式作宾语补足语，表示其动作与谓语动词的动作同时发生，并强调动作发生的全过程或事实：
We saw the computer operate well
2) 现在分词作宾语补足语，表示其动作与谓语动词的动作同时发生，强调正在进行：
We saw the computer operating very well
3) 过去分词则往往表示动作完成的状态：
We found the work of the computer done
2. 表示心理状态的动词：consider，declare， find，prove，think，know，believe，discover， imagine，judge，suppose，understand的宾语补足语一般，用 to be：
We found him to be cruel.
You surely can’t consider him to be selfish man.
巩固训练
1. Generally speaking, it’s no good ________ this kind of game.
A. to play B. playing C. play D. played
2. It is important ________the work.
A. for us to do B. for us doing C. us doing D. our doing
3. How long did it take ________ there.
A. you to get B. for you getting C. your to get D. you get there
4. What he said requires________.
`A. considering B. to consider C. being considered D. of considering
5. We decided ________ a new bridge across the river.
A. build B. building C. to build D. about building
6. Please ________ the letter for me, for I forgot ________ the letter this morning.
A. posting; posting B. post; posting C. posting; to post D. post; to post
7. I don’t know how to get to the railway station, so I stopped ________a policeman.
A. asking B. fro asking C. to asking D. to ask
8. The best way to learn a foreign language is to practice________ it as often as possible.
A. speak B. to speak C. speaking D. having spoken
9. The problem of ________ away all the difficulties puzzled many people.
A. how smooth B. how smoothing C. how to smooth D. that we should smooth
10. I advise________ off the meeting still some other time.
A. put B. to put C. putting D. having putting
11. We are considering ________ him our football captain.
A. elect B. electing C. to elect D. to select
12. He pretended________ me.
A. not to know B. to not know C. not knowing D. no knowing
13. I can’t help ________anxious about his health because I haven’t heard from him for a long time.
A. to feel B. feeling C. felt D. to be felt
14. If you can’t open the door, why not try ________ the key the other way?
A. turn B. turning C. to turn D. turned
15. New ideas have to wait for years before________.
A. being fully accepting B. fully accepting
C. having fully accepted D. being fully accepted
KEY: BAAAC CDDCC BABBD
历届高考非谓语动词试题
1. Last summer I took a course on ________.
A. how to make dresses B. how dresses be made
C. how to be made dresses D. how dresses to be made
2. Tom kept quiet about the accident ________ lost his job.
A. so not as to B. so as not to c. so as to not D. not so as to
3. Most of the artists________ to the party were from South Africa.
A. invited B. to invited C. being invited D. had been invited
4. ________more attention, the trees could have grown better.
A. Given B. to give C. Giving D. Having given
5. She reached the top of the hill and stopped ________ on a big rock by the side of the path.
A. to have rested B. resting C. to rest D. rest
6. The murderer was brought in, with his hands________ behind his back.
A. being tied B. having tied C. to be tied D. tied
7. —We haven’t heard from Jane for a long time.
—What do you suppose ________to her?
A. was happening B. to happen C. had happened D. having happened
8. Mrs. Smith warned her daughter ________after drinking.
A. never to drive B. to never drive C. never driving D. never driving
9. On Saturday afternoon, Mrs. Green went to the market, ____some bananas and visited her cousin.
A. bought B. buying C. to buy D. buy
10. The secretary worked late into the night, ________ a long speech for the president.
A. to prepare B preparing C prepare D. was prepare
11. — The light in the office is still on.
— Oh, I forgot________.
A. turning it off B. turn it off C. to turn it off D. having turned it off
12. John was made ________the truck for a week as a punishment.
A. to wash B. washing C. wash D. to be washing
13. Little Jim should love ________to the theater this evening.
A. to be taken B. to take C. being taken D. taking
14. — I usually go there by train.
— Why not ________ by boat for a change?
A. to try going B. trying to go C. to try and go D. try going
15. I would appreciate ________back this afternoon.
A. you to call B. you call C. your calling D. you’re calling
16. John was so sleepy that he could hardly keep his eyes ________.
A. open B. to be opened C. to open D. opening
17. ________a reply, he decided to write again.
A. Not receiving B. Receiving not C. Not having received D. having not received
18. “Can’t you read?” Mary said________ to the notice.
A. angrily pointing B. and point angrily C. angrily pointed D. and angrily pointing
19. How about the two of us ________a walk down the garden?
A. to take B. take C. taking D. to be taking
20. ________down the radio—the baby’s asleep in the next room.
A. Turning B. To turn C. Turned D. Turn
21. The computer center, ________last year, is very poplar among the students in this school.
A. open B. opening c. having opened D. opened
22. Charles Babbage is generally considered ________the first computer.
A. to invent B. inventing C. to have invented D. having invented
23. She set out soon after dark ________ home and hour later.
A. arriving B. to arrive C. having arrived D. and arrived
24. —I must apologize for ________ahead of time.
—That’s all right.
A. letting you not know B. not letting you know C. letting you know not D. letting not you know
25. Rather than ________ on a crowded bus, he always prefers ________a bicycle.
A. ride; ride B. riding; ride C. ride; to ride D. to ride; riding
26. The missing boys were last seen ________ near the river.
A. playing B. to be playing C. play D. to play
27. The visiting Minister expressed his satisfaction with the talks, ________that he had enjoyed his stay here.
A. having added B. to add C. adding D. added
28. The first textbooks ________for teaching English as a foreign language came out in the 16th century.
A. having written B. to be written c. being written D. written
29. We agreed ________ here but so far she hasn’t turned up yet.
A. having met B. meeting C. to meet D. to have met
30. —You were brave enough to raise objection at the meeting.
—Well, now I regret________ that.
A. to do B. to be doing C. to have done D. having done
31. The boy wanted to ride his bicycle in the street, but his mother told him________.
A. not to B. not to do c. not do it D. do not to
32. The patient was warned ________oily food after the operation.
A. to eat not B. eating not C. not to eat D. not eating
33. ________ in thought, he almost ran into the car in front of him.
A. Losing B. Having lost C. Lost D. To lose
34. I would love ________ to the p-arty last night but I had to work extra hours to finish a report.
A. to go B. to have gone C. going D. having gone
35. The Olympic Games, ________in 776 B.C., did not include women players until 1921.
A. first playing B. to be first played C. first played D. to be first playing
36. ________ it with me and I’ll see what I can do.
A. To leave B. To have left C. Leaving D. Leave
37. European football is played in 80 countries, ________ it the most popular sport in the world.
A. making B. makes C. made D. to make
38. Robert is said________ abroad, but I don’t’ know what country he studied in.
A. to have studied B. to study C. to be studying D. to have been studying
39. The purpose of new technologies is to make life easier, ________it more difficult.
A. not make B. not to make C. not making D. to carry out
40. My cousin came to see me from the country, me a full basket of fresh fruits．
A．brought B．bringing C．to bring D．had brought
41. The manager discussed the plan that they would like to see ________ the next year.
A. carried out B. carrying out C. carry out D. to carry out
42. ________such heavy pollution already, it may now be too late to clean up the river.
A. Having suffered B. Suffering C. To suffer D. Sufferer
43. 一I was wondering if we could go skating on the weekend.
一_________good.
A. Sound B. Sounded C. Sounding D. Sounds
44. The research is so designed that once ________nothing can be done to change it.
A. begins B. having begun C. beginning D. begun
45. A cook will be immediately fired if he is found ________ in the kitchen.
A. smoke B. smoking D. to smoke D. smoked
KEY: 1—10. ABAAC DCAAB 11—20. CAADC ACACD 21—30. DCBBC ACDC(DC) 31—40. ACCBC DAABB 41—45. AAADB


十二、句子的种类

一. 简单句
一个简单句里只有一个主谓结构（有时可能会有并列的主语或谓语），而谓语又一定是需要限定动词的，因此，通过对限定动词的识别，可以帮助我们判断一个句子是不是简单句，找出其基本结构中缺少或多余的成分。请看以下例句：
I saw him walking to the office this morning and looking eager to get there and start work.
（saw 是限定动词；walking，looking，to get，start都是非限定性动词，即非谓语动词。）
While cutting trees，one man was nearly killed by a falling tree.
（was是限定动词；cutting，killed，falling是非限定动词。）
You can either stay here or come with us.
（stay，come都是非限定动词；can是情态动词，can stay or come作谓语。）
二. 并列句
1. 并列连词及其使用
1) 常用的并列连词（或称等立连词）有：and，or，but，for，not only...but（also），either...or，nether...nor，both...and.
2) 除for以外的并列连词都可以用来连接一个单句里的两个并列成分，例如：
Jenny and I are good friends。 We run，jump and shout for joy together.
（当有两个以上的并列成分时，一般只在最后两者之间用连词。）
We go for a walk or watch TV after supper.。
The bike is quite old but in excellent condition．
Either your answer or mine is wrong．
3) 除both...and以外的并列连词还可用来连接两个简单句（或称并列分句），构成并列句。 She was often late and everybody knew，but no one asked why.
The old lady doesn't go out in the winter， for she feels the cold a great deal.
Not only is the teacher himself interested h the subject but a11 his students are beginning to show an interest in it.
2. 连接并列分句的其它手段
1) when／where偶尔也可作并列连词；如：
I was walking down the street when I remembered that I had forgotten my umbrella.（when ＝ and then）
Last night I went to the theatre where I saw Tom's parents，（where = and there）
2) 副词yet，的和then可以连接并列分句：
The tongue is not steel，yet it cuts.
I’m busy today，so can you come tomorrow？
Go into the cave，then they won't see you.
3) 还可用分号“；”。如：
It may be possible or not；however，we shall understand.
I’ve never been to Berlin；therefore I don't know much about it.
3. 并列分句的排列顺序
必须考虑各分句之间的逻辑关系及其时间上的先后顺序，具体情况具体分析。
1) 有些并列的分句可以相互颠倒，并不影响所表达的句意，如：
Everyone was in the classroom and the doors were closed.
（＝The doors were c1osed and everyone was in the classroom.）
2) 多数并列句里的分句不能相互颠倒。如：
Most of us were in the classroom，the doors were closed and the late comers had to wait Outside．
（为说明门关之后，迟到者只好在外等着，后两个分句的顺序不能颠倒。）
We were coming to see you，but it rained（so we didn’t）。
（考虑到两个分句所谈事实的时间先后与逻辑关系，它们的位置不能颠倒。）
三. 复合句
1. 复合句由一个主句和一个（或一个以上的）从句组成。用来连接从句的连词是从属连词。从句附属于主句的方式有三种：
1) 相当另一个句子里的某个名词或名词词组的作用，作名词从句。
Everyone could see the truth / (that) it was true.
2) 修饰句子里的某个名词或代词，作定语从句。如：
I often see My old friends / my school friends who were at school with me.
3) 相当另一个句子里的某个状语的作用，作状语从句。如：
I met your brother ten years ago / when I came to this school.
2. 两类连词的区分与使用
并列连词与从属连词的作用不同，注意不可混用。如：
不能说：*Although I was good at maths，but I was never given full marks．（although与but不能连用）
应说：Although I was good at maths，（yet）I was never given full marks．
或： I was good at maths，but／yet I was never given full marks.
不能说：*Unless you work harder，or you will fail to pass the test.（unless与or不能连用）
应说：Unless you work harder，you will fail to pass the test.
或：Work harder／you must work harder, or you will fail to pass the test.
四. 陈述句的肯定与否定
1. not及其它否定词的使用
1) 否定句一般可以由否定词not及必要的助词来构成，例如：
These exercises are not difficult.
I don't like sweets.
2) 除not以外，还有以下这些否定词，也能构成否定句：
a） never，hardly，seldom一类含否定意义的副词。如：
I have not / never / hardly (ever)/ seldom spoken to Mr. George.
b） no，none以及其它由no-构成的复合词（nothing，nobody，no one，nowhere等）。
I have not said anything to anybody about it.
I have spoken to nobody / no one about it.
I have said nothing to anybody about it.
I haven't any money / I have no money.
I haven't any./ I have none.
c） neither和nor，主要在以下句式中：
---I haven't spoken to Mr. George.
---Neither／Nor have I.
当用作连词时，neither要在nor之前。如：
Neither Bob nor I broke the window.
We neither want nor need any help from you, thank you.
2. 肯定变否定时的其它相应变化
肯定与否定句的区别，除了看有无否定词之外，还可能体现在其它方面，试比较：
I have found some mistakes already.
I haven't found any yet？（some >>> any；already >>> yet）
I have found some mistakes，too.
I haven't found any either.（too >>> either）
五. 疑问句
1. 否定问句
1) 否定问句可由否定句变来，例如：
He doesn't eat meat. >>> Doesn't he eat meat？
I haven't seen him. >>> Haven't you seen him？
2) 否定问句的开头一般都用not的缩写形式；如分开，则须将not放到主语之后，但这类结构相当正规，如：
Does he not eat meat？（不能说 *Does not he...？）
Have you not seen him？（不能说 *Have not you...？）
3) 否定问句的回答要“前后如一”，不可受汉语影响犯以下这类错误：
— Doesn't he eat meat？
一Yes，he does. ／No，he doesn't.
（不能说 Yes，he doesn't.／No，he does.）
2. 反意疑问句的一般构成
1) 反意疑问句的一般构成是：肯定陈述，否定尾句；否定陈述，肯定尾句。要注意反问尾句中的助词（或系动词、情态动词等）与人称代词应与陈述部分中的语法动词与主语取得一致。例如：
Jane is your cousin，isn’t she？ There is no doubt，is there？
We need to ask first，don’t we？ We needn’t ask first，need we？
2) 要注意陈述部分主语后面的缩写形式 's或 'd的真实意义，以决定尾句应该选用的助动词或系动词等。如：
He’s never met you before，has he？ （He's＝He has）
He’s going to tell you the truth，isn't he？（He's＝He is）
You'd better go， hadn't you？ （you'd ＝you had）
You'd rather stay， wouldn't you？（you'd ＝you would）
3) 要注意“否定陈述＋肯定尾句”的回答必须前后一致。
You seldom go swimming in the morning，do you？
Yes，I do，／No，I don't．
3. 比较特殊的反意疑问句
有些反意疑问句的尾句构成比较特殊，应当引起注意:
Few people knew the answer，did they？（few为否定含义，后接肯定尾句。）
I'm older than you，aren't I？（I am后面的否定尾句常用aren't I？）
Pass me the newspaper，will you？（肯定祈使句用will you？）
Don't be late next time，will you？（否定祈使句后也用will you？）
Remember to lock the door，won't you？（用won't you表示请求或恳求。）
Use your head，can't you？（can't you表示不耐烦或不满的斥责。）
Let's do it by ourselves，shall we？（第一人称祈使句，we包括说话人与听话人双方。）
Let us do it by ourselves，will you？（第二人称祈使句，we只指说话人一方。）
Everybody has been told what to do，haven't they？（尽管hasn't he似乎更合语法；习惯常用 haven't they。）
None of us knew the way，did we？（none of us作主语, 尾句中用we）
Some of you are learning Russian，aren't you？（同上句理解。）
4. 特殊疑问句
1) 两种语序：
a） 当疑问词为主语或主语的定语时，语序与陈述句相同，如：
Somebody broke the window. >>> Who broke the window？
Something broke the window. >>> What broke the window？
Somebody's window was broken. >>> Whose window was broken？
b） 当疑问词为其它成分时，则疑问词后面的语序与一般疑问句相同，如：
He was reading China Daily. >>> What paper was he reading？
I saw the film yesterday. >>> When did you see the film？
2) 要注意选择恰当的疑问词以及与之搭配的其他词语，如：
I bought a bike made in Tianjing. >>> What bike did you buy？
The new bike under the tree is mine. >>> Which bike is yours？
He did his work carefully. >>> How did he do his work？
I go to the library twice a week．>>> How often do you go to the library？
He painted the desk white．>>> What color did he paint the desk？
5. 两类选择疑问句
1) 一类是以一般疑问句为基础的。如：
Do you speak French or German？
Will they come to see us or sha11 we go to see them？
Has Henry finished his breakfast or hasn't he？
2) 另一类是以特殊疑问句为基础的，可以看成是由一个Wh- 问句加上并列起来供人选择 的两个（或两个以上的）答案构成的。如：
How do you go to school every day，by bus or on foot？
When shall we set off，at six or （at）six thirty？
六. 祈使句
1. 祈使句的主语
1) 主语应为第二人称时，通常不表示出来，如：
Read after me， please. Be careful with your pronunciation.
Have this seat，will you？（可加反意疑问句）
2) 行为动作的主语为第一、三人称时，祈使句通带以Let开头：
Let me have a try. Let him try again.
All／Everybody be here at two o'clock。（也可不用Let）
2. 祈使句的强调与否定
1) 祈使句的强调结构是在句首加Do：
Do come early next time. Do be careful！
2) 祈使句的否定是在句首加Don't：
Don't ask me why. Don't be late.
Don't 1et there be too much noise.
Never buy what you cannot pay for.（也可用Never）
3. 祈使句＋and／or结构
这类结构常可与含if从句的复合句相互转换：
Give h1m an inch， and he'll take a yard. （＝lf you give him an inch, he'll take a yard.）
Wear your coat，or you'll catch cold.（If you don't wear your coat，you'll catch cold.）
七. 感叹句
1. What ＋（a／an）＋adj. ＋ n．＋ 主谓
What a beautiful day it is！
What wonderful weather we are having！
1) What之后是否用a／an要看后面的名词是否可数；是单数还是复数：
What beautiful music the boy is playing！（music不可数，前面不可加a／an．）
What fools they were！（fools，复数，不可加a／an）
2) 在上下文清楚的情况下，感叹句中的主谓结构甚至形容词都可省略。如：
What a beautiful day！ What fools！
2. How ＋ adj.／adv. ＋ 主谓！
How happy we are！ How hard you've been working！
How也可修饰句中动词，如：
How I miss you，my friend！ How time flies！
3. How＋adj.＋ a/an ＋单数名词…：
How foolish a boy he is！（= What a foolish boy he is！）

巩固训练
1. Didn’t you notice him________ the house?
A. Leaves. B. leave C. has left D. was leaving
2. Who’s that girl________ a jar on her head?
A. has B. carries C. with D. is carrying
3. We must get up early tomorrow, ________ we’ll miss the first bus to the Great Wall.
A. so B. or C. but D. however
4. ________ he comes, we won’t be able to go.
A. Without B. Unless C. Except D. Even
5. No matter how hard he worked, ________.
A. he could not do any better B. and he could not do any better
C. so he could not do any better D. but he could not do any better
6. Study harder, ________ you ________ catch up with the others before long.
A. Or; will B. and; will C. then; X D. X; will
7. — ________ have you been away from home?
— I have been away from home for five months.
A. How much B. What time C. How long D. When
8. ________ writer is better known in China, Charles Dickens or Mark Twain?
A. Which B. What C. Either D. Whether
9. He’s come already, ________?
A. doesn’t he B. isn’t he C. hasn’t he D. is he
10. she never tells a lie, ________?
A. does she B. doesn’t she C. does not she D. isn’t she
11. On Saturday afternoon, Mrs. Green went to the market, ________ some bananas and visited her cousin.
A. bought B. buying C. to buy D. buy
12. It’s a fine day, let’s go fishing, ________?
A. won’t we B. will we C. don’t we D. shall we
13. — Isn’t your uncle an engineer?
— ________.
A. NO, he isn’t B. No, he is C. Yes, he isn’t D. Yes, he does
14. ________ careless he is!
A. What B. How C. So much D. How much
15. Oh, John, ________ you gave up!
A. how a pleasant surprise B. how pleasant surprise
C. what a pleasant surprise D. what pleasant surprise
16. It was clear that the headmaster did not like us, ________ he seldom gave us any praise.
A. and B. so C. because D. but
17. Although he is considered a great writer, ________.
A. his works are not widely read B. but his works are not widely read
C. however his works are not widely read D. still his works are not widely read
18. Answer the following question, ________ your own words.
A. use B. you should use C. using D. and using
19. ________ apologize for what you have said ________ it is all over between us.
A. You; or B. If you; X C. Either you; or D. When; you
20. The classrooms ________ open but the library ________.
A. are; is B. aren’t; is C. aren’t; isn’t D. are; doesn’t
21. I saw Tom walking to school this morning and ________ eager to get there and ________ work.
A. looking; starting B. looked; starting C. looking; start D. look; started
22. If this coat isn’t yours, ________ can it be?
A. who else B. whose else C. what else D. who’s else
23. — Do you mind if I bring a friend?
— ________ but I don’t think they’ll let him in.
A. Yes, of course B. Not at all C. Surely you shouldn’t D. Unfortunately it’s impossible
24. — Do you want a bath at once, ________?
— Oh, I don’t mind, really.
A. and I shall have mine first B. so shall I have mine first
C. then I shall have mine first D. or shall I have mine first
25. — Didn’t anyone recognize the president?
— ________.
A. Yes, no one did. B. No, no one didn’t C. Yes, some did D. No, everyone did
26. Don’t’ smoke in the meeting room, ________?
A. do you B. will you C. can you D. could you
27. Let me have a look, ________?
A. don’t you B. shall I C. wont’ you D. can I
28. ________ story you’ve told us.
A. What funny B. What a funny C. How funny D. How a funny
29. ________ I wish I could have more time!
A. If B. Only C. What D. How
30. Hurry, ________ you wont’ make the train!
A. or B. but C. and D. if
KEY: 1—10. BCBBA BCACA 11—20. ADABC CACCB 21—30. CBBDC BCBDA


十三、时态和语态

一. 动词的时态
时态是谓语动词所表示的动作或情况发生时间的各种形式。英语动词有16种时态，但是常用的只有9种：一般现在时、一般过去时、一般将来时、现在进行时、过去进行时、现在完成时、过去进行时、过去将来时，现在完成进行时。下面分别进行介绍。
1. 一般现在时的用法
1) 表示经常性，习惯性的动作；表示现在的状态、特征或真理而不表示具体的特定行为。句子中常用often，usually，every day等时间状语。例如：
He goes to school every day。（经常性动作）
He is very happy.（现在的状态）
The earth moves around the sun.〈真理〉
2) 在时间状语从句和条件状语从句中，用一般现在时态的形式表示将来。
If you come this afternoon，we'll have a meeting.
When I graduate，I'll go to the countryside.
3) 有时这个时态表示按计划，规定要发生的动作，（句中都带有时间状语）但限于少数动词如begin，come，leave，go，arrive, start，stop，return，open，close等。
The meeting begins at seven.
The train starts at nine in the morning．
4) 表示状态和感觉的动词，如be，like，hate．think, remember, find，sound等常用一般现在时。例如：
I like English very much. The story sounds very interesting.
5) 书报的标题。小说等情节介绍常用一般现在时。
2. 一般过去时的用法
1) 表示过去某时间发生的事、存在的状态或过去反复发生的动作。
He saw Mr. Wang yesterday. He worked in a factory in 1988.
2) 表示过去经常发生的动作，也可用“used to”和“would＋动词原形”。例如：
I used to smoke. During the vacation I would swim in the sea．
注意：used to表示过去常发生而现在不再发生的动作或存在的状态。另外“to be used to＋名词（动名词）”表示“习惯于……’’。例如：
I am used to the climate here． He is used to swimming in winter.
3. 一般将来时的用法
一般将来时表示将来的动作或状态。其表达形式除了“will或shall + 动词原形”外，还有以下几种形式。
1) “to be going to＋动词原形”，表示即将发生的或最近打算进行的事。例如：
It is going to rain. We are going to have a meeting today.
2) go, come, start, move, leave, arrive, stay等可用进行时态表示按计划即将发生的动作。
I’m leaving for Beijing. Next week I’m staying in the country for days.
3) “be to + 动词原形”表示按计划要发生的事或征求对方意见。
Are we to go on with this work ? The boy is to go to school tomorrow.
4) “be about to＋动词原形” 表示即刻发生的动作，意为：be ready to do sth．后面一般不跟时间状语。例如：
We are about to leave. I’m about to start out.
5) 某些词，如come，go，leave，arrive，start，get，stay等的一般现在时也可表示将来。
The meeting starts at five o'clock． He gets off at the next stop.
4. 现在进行时
1) 现在进行时表示现在正在进行的动作，由“to be ＋ 现在分词”构成，另外“系动词十介词或副词”也表示进行时的意义。例如：
What are you doing? The bridge is under construction.
2) 表示感觉，愿望和状态的某些动词如：have, be, hear, see, like等词一般不用进行时。
3) 非持续性动词一般不用进行时态，但当用于进行时态时所表达的意义是：a) 逐渐地。 b) 反复进行的动作。例如：
a) I’m beginning to understand it. (我慢慢开始明白了。)
b) The monkey is jumping up and down there. (那只猴子在那一直上上下下跳个不停。)
4) 有的句子用一般现在时态和进行时态均可，但用进行时态往往带有感情色彩。比较：
The Changjiang River flows to the east. (长江向东流。 客观现实)
The Changjiang River is flowing to the east. (长江滚滚东流。 赞叹)
Tom often lies to our teachers. (“汤姆经常对老师撒谎。”表汤姆的习惯)
Tom is always lying to our teacher. (“汤姆老是对老师撒谎。”表说话者厌恶的态度)
5. 过去进行时的用法
1) 过去进行时表示过去某一时刻、某一阶段正进行的动作，由“was（were）十 现在分词”构成。例如：
In 1980 he was studying in a university.
He was reading a novel when I came in.
2) 用一般过去时态和过去进行时态有行为完成与否的差别。比较：
Yesterday my sister wrote a letter. (写了一封信)
Yesterday my sister was writing a letter. (这封信或许还没有写完)
6. 现在完成时的用法
现在完成时由“have＋过去分词”构成。其使用有两种情况：
1) 现在完成时所表示的动作在说话之前已完成，而对现在有影响。句中没有具体时间状语。
He has gone to Wuhan.（说话人认为他不在该地）
He has been to Wuhan.（说话人认为他在该地）
2) 现在完成时所表示的动作开始于过去，持续到现在，也许还会持续下去。常用for和since表示一段时间的状语或so far，now，today，this week（month，year）等表示包括现在时间在内的状语。例如：
He has studied English for 5 years.
He has studied English since 1985.
Now I have finished the work．
注意：表示短暂时间动作的词，如：come，go，die，marry，buy等的完成时不能与for，since等表示一段时间的词连用。
3) 现在完成时还可用在时间和条件状语从句中，表示将来某时完成的动作。例如：
I’ll go to your home when I have finished my homework.
If it has stopped snowing in the morning，we'll go to the park．
7. 过去完成时的用法
1) 过去完成时由“had＋过去分词”构成。过去完成时的动词表示过去某一时刻或某一动作之前完成的动作状态。句中常用by，before，until，when等词引导的时间状语。例如：
By the end of last year we had bui1t five new houses.
I had learnt 5000 words before I entered the university.
2) 过去完成时的动词还可表示过去某一时刻之前发生的动作或状态持续到过去某个时间或持续下去。例如：
Before he slept，he had worked for 12 hours.
8. 过去将来时的用法
过去将来时表示从过去的某时间看来将要发生的动作或存在的状态。过去将来时由“should或would + 动词原形”构成。第一人称用should，其他人称用would。例如：
They were sure that they would succeed.
9. 现在完成进行时的用法
现在完成进行时由“have（has）+ been＋现在分词”构成，表示现在以前一直在进行的动作。有些词，如work，study，live，teach等用现在完成进行时与用现在完成时意思差不多。例如：
I have worked here for three years.
I have been working here for three years.
但多数动词在这两种时态中表示不同意思。例如：
I have written a letter．（己写完）
I have been wring a letter.（还在写）
注意：表示短暂动作的动词，如finish，marry，get up，come，go等不能用这种时态。
二. 动词的语态
1. 当句子的主语是动作的执行者时，谓语的形式叫主动语态。当句子的主语是动作的承受者时，谓语要用被动语态。被动语态由助动词be＋过去分词构成，时态通过be表现出来。例如：
1) 一般现在时：You are required to do this．
2) 一般过去时：The story was told by her.
3) —般将来时：The problem will be discussed tomorrow．
4) 现在进行时：The road is being widened.
5) 过去进行时：The new tool was being made.
6) 现在完成时：The novel has been read.
7) 过去完成时：He said that the work had been finished．
8) 过去将来时：He said that the trees would be planted soon.
2. 一些特殊的被动语态结构：
1) 带情态动词的被动结构：
The problem must be solved soon.
2) 带不定式的被动结构：
The room is going to be painted.
The homework needs to be done with care．
3) 短语动词的被动结构：
例l）The baby is looked after carefully．
用于这类被动结构的短语动词要把它们作为整体看待，即要把它们看作单字及物动词。这类结构有以下几种：
a) （不及物）动词＋介词：agree to，ask for，call for，laugh at，listen to，look after，operate on，send for，talk about．think of等。
b) （及物）动词＋副词：bring about，carry out，find out，give up，
hand in， make out， pass on， point out， put away， put off， take up, think over，turn down，turn out，wipe out，work out等。
c) 动词＋副词＋介词：do away with，face up to，give in to，look down upon, make up for, put up with等。
例２）They will be taken (good) care of.
Attention must be paid to your pronunciation.
用于这类被动结构的短语动词最多见的是“动词＋名词＋介词”这一结构。如：catch sight of，keep an eye on，make use of，make a fool of，pay attention to， put an end to，set fire / light to， take care of, take hold of，take notice of等。
例2) 与例1) 的不同点在于，它们用于被动态时能有两种形式。第一种形式是把“动词十名词＋介词”作为整体看待。第二种形式是把其中的“动词＋名词”作为“动词＋宾语”的结构处理。
4) 带复合宾语的动词在改为被动语态时，一般把主动结构中的宾语改成主语，宾语补足语保留在谓语后面。例如：
We always keep the classroom clean．
(比较：The classroom is always kept clean.）
5) 汉语有一类句子不出现主语，在英语中一般可用被动结构表示，例如：
据说…… It is said that…
希望…… It is hoped that…
据推测说…… It is supposed that…
必须承认…… It must be admitted that…
必须指出…… It must be pointed out that…
众所周知…… It is well known that…
有人会说…… It will be said that…
大家认为…… It is generally considered that…
有人相信…… It is believed that…
3. 表示被动含义的主动动词
1) 系动词没有被动形式,但有些系动词常表示被动意义。常见的有look, taste, sound, smell, prove, feel等, 例如:
　　 Your reason sounds reasonable. Good medicine tastes bitter to the mouth.
2) 一些与can’t或won’t连用的动词。 常用的有: lock, shut, open, act等, 例如:
　　 The door won’t open.　　 It can’t move.
3) 一些与well, easily, perfectly等连用的动词, 如: sell, wash, clean, burn, cook等, 例如:
　　 The book sells well. These clothes wash easily.
4) 用在 “主语 + 不及物动词 + 主语补语” 句型中的一些不及物动词, 例如:
　　 This material has worn thin. The dust has blown into the house.
4. 表示被动含义的主动结构
1) 在动名词结构中
be worth, want (=need), need, require后所用的动名词, 必须用主动结构表被动意义。
　　 These young seedlings will require / need looking after
(= need to be looked after) carefully.
　　 Your hair wants / needs cutting (needs to be cut).
2) 在不定式结构中
a) 作定语:不定式结构常表示动宾关系, 即用不定式的主动形式表示被动意义。这种情形最常出现在 “There + be + 主语 + 修饰主语的不定式” 和 “及物动词 + 宾语 (或双宾语) + 修饰宾语的不定式” 结构中, 特别是 “主语 + have + 宾语 + 修饰宾语的不定式” 结构中。
　　 Give him some books to read. He has a family to support.
There is a lot of work to do.
　　 当然, 这里的不定式在个别情形下也可用被动形式, 含义区别不大,例如:
　　 There is so much work to do / to be done.
　　 Give me the names of the people to contact / to be contacted.
b) 在“主语 + be + 形容词 + 不定式”句型中, 有时主语是不定式结构的逻辑宾语, 这是应用主动形式表示被动含义。适合于此结构的形容词比较多, 最常用的有amusing, cheap, dangerous, difficult, easy, important, nice, pleasant等, 例如:
That question is difficult to answer. Chicken’s legs are nice to eat.
c) 在be to结构中的一些不定式:这种结构中的不定式通常应用主动表主动, 被动表被动。然而,由于古英语的影响, 下列动词仍用不定式的主动形式表示被动意义:
　　 Who is to blame for starting the fire？ The house is to let. A lot remains to do.
3) 在特殊结构中
a) “be + under +名词” 结构:这种结构表示某事 “在进行中”。例如:
　　 The building is under construction.
　　 The whole matter is under discussion (= is being discussed).
　　 经常这样用的名词还有repair (修理), treatment (治疗), question (质问)等。
b) “be worthy of +名词”结构: 在这一结构中, 名词和句子的主语有被动含义, 如:
　　 a man worthy of support nothing worthy of praise
此结构后通常用表示行为的名词, 而不用动名词的被动形式。
巩固训练
【历届高考题选】
1. My aunt ________ to see us. She’ll be here soon.
A. comes B. is coming C. had come D. has come
2. When I got to the top of the mountain, the sun ________ .
A. was shining B. shone C. has shone D. will shine
3. I __________ Xiao Li since she was a little girl.
A. knew B. know C. have known D. am knowing
4. I ____________ you were here.
A. don’t know B. not know C. didn’t know D. wasn’t know
5. Because of my poor English, I’m afraid I can’t make myself ____________.
A. understand B. to understand C. understanding D. understood
6. Tom ___________ a letter to his parents last night.
A. writes B. wrote C. write D. has written
7. I ________ my homework now.
A. finish B. finished C. have finished D. had finished
8. You may leave the classroom when you _______ writing.
A. will finish B. are finished C. have finished D. had finished
9. They haven’t see each other ________ at least three months.
A. since B. during C. for D. in
10. The foreign guests _________ here almost a week.
A. have arrived B. have been C. have reached D. have got
11. He suddenly remembered that he ______ his key at home.
A. had forgotten B. has left C. has forgotten D. had left
12. He was made _______.
A. go B. gone C. going D. to go
13. By 11 o’clock yesterday, we _______ at the airport.
A. had arrived B. have arrived C. shall arrive D. arrive
14. He was too excited ___________.
A. speak B. to speak C. not to speak D. speaking
15. He often ________ to see his grandfather.
A. going B. to go C. has gone D. goes
16. Let’s get in the wheat before the sun ____________.
A. will set B. was set C. set D. sets
17. Coal can _______ to produce electricity for agriculture and industry.
A. have used B. be used C. use D. used
18. I ________ English for five years now.
A. was studying B. have been studying C. studied D. am studied
19. He often _____ his clothes on Sunday.
A. washing B. washes C. has washed D. wash
20. I ________ at the station last night.
A. got B. arrives C. arrived D. reach
21. We will start as soon as our team leader _____.
A. comes B. will come C. come D. is coming
22. You can see the house _______ for years.
A. isn’t painted B. hasn’t painted C. hasn’t been painted D. hadn’t painted
23. It ____________ when they left the station.
A. has rained B. is raining C. rains D. was raining
24. Some new oilfields ________ since 1976.
A. were opened up B. has opened up C. have been opened up D. had been opened up
25. The article _______ Chinese by comrade Li.
A. is going to translate into B. is going to be translated into
C. was going to be translated with D. will translate in
26. By the time he was twelve, Edison _________ to make a living by himself.
A. would begin B. has begun C. had begun D. was begun
27. I’ll begin the dictation when you _____ ready.
A. shall be B. will be C. are D. have been
28. Don’t get off the bus until it _____________.
A. has stopped B. stopped C. will stop D. shall stop
29. “Would you like to play chess with me?”
“Sorry, I have to finish my homework before my mother ____ back.
A. comes B. will come C. shall come D. has come
30. The things talked about in this report _______ over a year ago.
A. had taken place B. took place C. have taken place D. were taken place
31. “Why does Lingling look so unhappy?” “She has __________ by her classmates.”
A. laughed B. laughed at C. been laughed D. been laughed at
32. — “Will you go to the museum tomorrow?”
— “I will if I ______ no visitors.”
A. have B. will have C. shall have D. am having
33. I’ll go with you as soon as I ______ my work.
A. will finish B. shall finish C. finish D. finished
34. This is a photo of the power station that ______in my hometown.
A. has set up B. has been set up C. was set up D. is set up
35. Both my brothers work at the power station that _______in my hometown.
A. has set up B. has been set up C. was set up D. is set up
36. Doctors _____ in every part of the world.
A. need B. are needing C. are needed D. will need
37. Great changes _____ in the city, and a lot of factories _______.
A. have been taken place; have been set up B. have taken place; have been set up
C. have taken place; have set up D. were taken place; were set up
38. Do you think Sam will call his old teacher as soon as he _____ in town?
A. will be arrived B. is arrived C. arrives D. will arrive
39. I promise that the matter will ________.
A. be taken care B. be taken care of C. take care D. take care of
40. That dinner was the most expensive meal we ________.
A. would have B. have had C. had never had D. had ever had
41. He _____ his leg when he _____ in a football match against another school.
A. broke; played B. was breaking; was playing
C. broke; was playing D. was breaking; played
42. No permission has ______ for anybody to enter the building.
A. been given B. given C. to give D. be giving
43. — Where _______ the recorder? I can’t see it anywhere.
— I ______ it right here. But now it’s gone.
A. did you put; have put B. have you put; put
C. had you put; was putting D. were putting; have put
44. Hello! I ______ you _____ in London. How long have you been here?
A. don't know; were B. hadn’t known; are
C. haven’t known; are D. didn’t know; were
45. — When ______again?
— When he _______, I’ll let you know.
A. he comes; comes B. will he come; will come
C. he comes; will come D. will he come; comes
46. They asked me to have a drink with them. I said that it was at least ten years since I ______ a good drink.
A. had enjoyed B. was enjoying C. enjoyed D. had been enjoying
47. That suit ______ over 60 dollars.
A. had costed B. costed C. is costed D. cost
48. I _______ ten minutes to decide whether I should reject the offer.
A. gave B. was given C. was giving D. had given
49. My brother _____ while he _____ his bicycle and hurt himself.
A. fell; was riding B. fell; were riding
C. had fallen; rode D. had fallen; was riding
50. Tom was disappointed that most of the guests ______ when he _____ at the party.
A. left; had arrived B. left; arrived C. had left; had arrived D. had left; arrived
51. The new secretary is supposed to report to the manager as soon as she ______.
A. will arrive B. arrives C. is going to arrive D. is arriving
52. — Come on in, Peter. I want to show you something.
— Oh, how nice of you! I ______ you ______ to bring me a gift.
A. never think; are going B. never thought; were going]
C. didn’t think; were going D. hadn’t thought; were going
53. The police found that house ______ and a lot of things ______.
A. has broken into; has been stolen B. had broken into; had been stolen
C. has been broken into; stolen D. had been broken into; stolen
54. When I was at college I ______ three foreign languages, but I ______ all except a few
words of each.
A. spoke; had forgotten B. spoke; have forgotten
C. had spoken; had forgotten D. had spoken; have forgotten
55. — Have you moved into the new house? — Not yet, The room _______.
A. are being painted B. are painting
C. are painted D. are being painted
56. The students ______ busily when Miss Brown went to get a book she _____ in the office.
A. had written; left B. were writing; has left
C. had written; had left D. were writing; had left
57. When Jack arrived he learned Mary _____ for almost an hour.
A. had gone B. had set off C. had left D. had been away
58. — Do you know our town at all?
— No, this is the first time I ______ here.
A. was B. have been C. came D. am coming
59. — We could have walked to the station; it was so near.
— Yes. A taxi ______ at all necessary.
A. wasn’t B. hadn’t been C. wouldn’t been D. won’t be
60. If city noises _____ from increasing, people ______ shout to be heard even at the dinner table 20 years from now.
A. are not kept; will have to B. are not kept; have
C. do not keep; will have to D. do not keep; have to
61. Tom _____ into the house when no one _______
A. slipped; was looking B. had slipped; looked
C. slipped; had looked D. was slipping; looked
62. We were all surprised when he made it clear that he _____ office soon.
A. leaves B. would leave C. left D. had left
63. In some parts of the world, tea ____ with milk and sugar.
A. is severing B. is served C. serves D. served
64. The pen I ______ I _______ is on my desk, right under my nose.
A. think; lost B. thought; had lost
C. think; had lost D. thought; have lost
65. — Can I join your club, Dad?
— You can when you _____ a bit older.
A. get B. will get C. are getting D. will have got
66. — Do you like the material?
— Yes, it _______ very soft.
A. is feeling B. felt C. feels D. is felt
67. I don’t really work here; I _____ until the new secretary arrives.
A. just help out B. have just helped
C. am just helping out D. will just help out
68. — I’m sorry to keep you waiting.
— Oh, not at all. I ______ here only a few minutes.
A. have been B. had been C. was D. will be
69. I need one more stamp before my collection _______.
A. had completed B. completes C. has been completed D. is completed
70. — Your phone number again? I ______ quite catch it.
— It’s 9568442.
A. didn’t B. couldn’t C. don’t D. can’t
Key:
1—10. BACCD BCCCB 11-20. DDABD DBBBC 21—30. ACDCB CCAAB 31—40. DACBB CBCBD 41—50. CABDD ADBAD 51—60. BBDBA DDBAA 61—70. ABBBA CCADA


十四、名词性从句

名词性从句包括主语从句、表语从句、宾语从句、同位语从句。其关联词有连接词that，if，whether；疑问代词who，what，which和疑问副词when，where，how，why等。
1. 主语从句
主语从句在句中做主语。它可以放在主句谓语动词之前，但多数情况由it作形式主语，而把 主语从句放在主句之后。例如：
Who did that is known to all.
It is interesting that you should like him.
2. 表语从句
表语从句在句中作表语，位于主句中的系动词之后。如：
The question is who can complete the difficult task.
表语从句不能用if引导，但可用as if引导。例如：
He looked as if he was going to cry．
3. 同位语从句
同位语从句跟在名词后面，进一步说明该名词的具体内容。引导同位语从句的名词主要有 fact，news，promise，idea，truth等。连接词用that（不用which），及连接副词how，when， where，why等。例如：
His delay is due to the fact that the car went wrong halfway．
The news that our team has won the match is true.
She asked the reason why there was a delay．
4. 宾语从句
1. 宾语从句在句中作及物动词或介词的宾语。例如：
We can learn what we did not know．
He will talk to us about what he saw in the U.S.
如果主句的谓语动词是及物动词make，find，see，hear等，则把宾语从句置于宾语补足 语之后，用it作为形式宾语。如：
We find it necessary that we practise spoken-English every day．
另外，某些作表语的形容词，如sure，happy，glad, certain等之后也可带宾语从句。如：
I am sure that he will succeed.
注意：
1) 关联词只能用whether不能用if表示“是否”的情况如下：
a) 在表语从句和同位语从句中。例如：
The question is whether the film is worth seeing.
The news whether our team has won the match is unknown.
Answer my question whether you are coming.
b) 在主语从句中，只有用it作形式主语时，whether和if都能引导主语从句，否则，也只能用whether。例如：
Whether we shall attend the meeting hasn't been decided yet.
It hasn't been decided whether (if) we shall attend the meeting.
c) 在介词之后。（介词往往可以省略）例如：
It all depends（on）whether they will support us．
d) 后面直接跟动词不定式时。例如：
He doesn't know whether to stay or not.
e) 后面紧接or not时。例如：
We didn't know whether or not she was ready．
f) 引导让步状语从句，只能用whether。例如：
Whether you like it or not， you must do it well.
g) 用if会引起歧义时。例如：
Please 1et me know if you like it.
该句有两个意思：“请告诉我你是否喜欢”。或“如果你喜欢，请告诉我。”用了whether就可以避免。
2) 关联词if，whether均可使用的情况如下：
a) 引导宾语从句。例如：
I wonder if（whether）the news is true or not．
b) 在“be十形容词”之后。例如：
He was not sure whether (if) it is right or wrong.
3) 关联词只能用whether 或 if，不能用that的情况如下：
若doubt一词作“怀疑”解接宾语从句时，主句为肯定句用whether或if，主句为否定句或疑问句用that。例如：
I doubt whether he will come soon.
I do not doubt that he will come soon.
Do you doubt that he will come soon？
注意： 下面这个例句中doubt的含义为“认为未必可能”。
I doubt that he will come.
2. 直接引语和间接引语。
引述别人的原话叫直接引语，用自己的话转述别人的话叫间接引语。这两种引语都是宾语从句，但直接引语放在引号内，不用连词连接；间接引语不用引号，通常用连接词连接于主句。
1) 陈述句变为以that引导的宾语从句。例如：
He said，“I'm very glad.”
He said that he was very glad.
2) 一般疑问句变为if（whether）引导的宾语从句。例如：
He said，“Can you come this afternoon, John？”
He asked whether John could come that afternoon.
3) 特殊疑问句变为由who，what, when等疑问词引导的宾语从句。例：
He said，“Where is Mr. Wang？”
He asked where Mr. Wang was.
注意上述例句中时态，人称代词，时间状语的变化。主句谓语动词为过去时，间接引语中的动词变化如下：
一般现在时变为一般对去时；现在进行时变为过去进行时；一股将来时变为过去将来时；现在完成时变为过去完成时；一般过去时变为过去完成时；过去完成时仍为过去
完成时。
如果主句谓语动词为各种现在时或一般将来时，直接引语变为间接引语时，时态一律不变。例如：
He says，”I cleaned the f1oor.”
He says he cleaned the floor.
巩固训练
1. ________ the new plan can be carried out will be discussed at the meeting tomorrow.
A. Which B. What C. That D. Whether
2. You must think of ________ you can do more for others.
A. that B. how C. what D. which
3. They asked the captain if________ the destination safely.
A. the ship can reach B. the ship could reach C. did the ship reach D. the ship reached
4. ________ that not all the books are helpful to me.
A. It seems to me B. In my opinion C. I think in my mind D. I seem
5. There are a crowd of people there. What do you suppose ________.
A. had happened B. has happened C. is happened D. happened
6. ________ one of my ld friends was on the flight to New York.
A. It happened that B. It was happened that C. That happened D. It happened to
7. China is no longer ________.
A. she used to be B. that she used to be C. what she used to be D. what she used to like
8. The thought ________ he might be put in prison worried him a lot.
A. when B. which C. what D. that
9. ________ the 29th Olympic Games will be hold in Beijing, China made all the Chinese excited.
A. What B. When C. That D. Whether
10. It is impossible ________ he forgot ________ he had said.
A. that; what B. what; that C. what; that D. that; that
11. The truth is ________ the taxi driver broke the traffic rule.
A. why B. what C. that D. which
12. ________ we want to know is ________ the accident happened.
A. That; when and what B. What; what and when
C. That; which and where D. What; when and where.
13. I wonder how much________.
A. does the computer cost B. did the computer cost
C. the computer cost D. the computer costs
14. I have all kinds of books there, you may take ________ you like most.
A. in which B. from which C. whichever D. that
15. — Do you remember ________ he came?
— Yes, I do, he came by car.
A. how B. when C. that D. if
16. There can be no doubt ________ he is qualified for the job.
A. if B. whether C. that D. which
17. I have no information about ________ he will come or not.
A. if B. either C. whether D. what
18. Now we have little idea ________ life they were then living.
A. which B. that C. what D. how
19. It’s widely believed ________ milk and eggs are nutritious.
A. that B. what C. if D. whether
20. It’s doubtful ________ we shall be able to come.
A. that B. whether C. if D. when
21. The official asked me ________ to build this plant.
A. how long it was taken B. how long it had taken
C. how much time did it take D. how much time it was taken
22. He made a promise ________ he would help me.
A. what B. when C. that D. which
23. This is ________ the Salt Lake City lies.
A. which B. what C. where D. when
24. It looked ________ it was going to rain.
A. as if B. if C. as D. whether
25. It depends on ________ he was enough money.
A. if B. if or not C. whether or not D. whether
26. ________ gets home first is to cook the supper.
A. Who B. Whom C. Those who D. Whoever
27. ________ Wang Feng looked after the old woman a whole year moved us all.
A. That B. What C. When D. Why
28. ________ I can’t understand is ________ he doesn’t want to go.
A. What; why B. That; that C. Which; for D. Why; because
29. I don’t doubt ________ he will attend the meeting.
A. that B. if C. what D. whether
30. It worried her a bit ________ her hair was turning gray.
A. while B. that C. if D. whether
31. The teacher asked ________ with me.
A. what was the wrong B. what the matter was C. what matter was D. what was the matter
32. ________ we do must be in the interests of the people.
A. What that B. Whichever C. No matter D. What ever
33. Tell me ________ your brother looks like.
A. how B. what C. all that D. that
34. Word came ________ the president would come to visit our city.
A. whether B. that C. why D. which
35. The trouble is ________ we are short of money.
A. what B. that C. how D. why
36. No one can be sure________ in a million years.
A. What man will look like B. what will man look like
C. man will look like what D. what look will man like
37. –Hurry up, or we’ll be late for the meeting.
--There are still a few minutes left, I don’t’ think it ________ until 7:30.
A. will begin B. is to begin C. is beginning D. was to begin
38. Are you suggesting that I ________ unfit for the job?
A. am B. were C. shall be D. be
39. ________that the 70 years old man can pass the college entrance examination this time?
A. That is hoped B. It is hoped C. People are hoped D. It hoped
40. We think ____ _ necessary _____ a college student should master at least one foreign language.
A. that; that B. that; that C. it; that D. that; it
41. ________ do you think is the best player on our national women volleyball team?
A. Whom B. What C. Of whom D. Who
42. ________ we can’t get seems better than ________ we have.
A. what; what B. What; that C. That; that D. That; what
43. I would rather you ________ tomorrow than today.
A. come B. will come C. came D. is coming
44. Who do you imagine ________ at the meeting tomorrow?
A. to speak B. speaking C. spoken D. will speak
45. — Do you believe Mary will come to the party tonight?
— ________.
A. No, I believe not so B. No, I don’t believe
C. No, I don’t believe so D. Of course she won’t
KEY: 1—10. DBBAB ACDCA 11—20. CDDCA CCCAB 21—30. BCCAD DAAAB 31—40. DDBBB AAABC 41—45. DACDC


十五、英语中的省略现象

在英语中，为了避免重复，句子中的某些部分经常省略，给同学的理解增加了困难。现对省略现象总结如下:
一、并列复合句中某些相同成分的省略。
1. This beeper works well，but that one doesn’t (work well).
这个寻呼机工作正常，但那个就不行。
2. All uranium atoms do not have the same atomic weight. Some of them weigh 234 units，some (of them) (weigh) 235 units，and some (of them) (weigh) 238 units.
所有的铀原子并非都有相同的原子量。其中有的重234，有的重235，而有的重238。
二、在when，while，if，as if，though(或although)，as，until，once，whether，unless，where等连词连接的状语从句中，常省略跟主句相同的主语和be动词。
1. When (water is) pure，water is a colorless liquid. 水纯净时，是无色的液体。
2. When (I am) in trouble I always turn to her for help. 我困难时总是找她帮助。
3. Errors，if any，should be corrected. 如果有什么错误，就应当改正。(if后省略了there are)
4. Wood gives much smoke while (wood is) burning. 木头燃烧时，它放出很多烟。
5. The letter is to be left here until (it is) called for. 这封信留在这里待领。
6. Henry looked about as if (he were) in search of something. 亨利向四周环视，似乎在寻找什么。
7. She studies very hard though (she is) still rather weak. 她尽管体弱，但学习仍十分努力。
三、 当见到“when (或if，where，wherever，whenever，as soon as，as fast as，than等) + possible/necessary等”时，可理解中间省略了it is(或was)。
1. Answer these questions，if (it is) possible without referring to the book. 如果有可能，请不看书回答这些问题。
2. When (it is) necessary you can help us to do something. 必要时你可以帮助我们做些事。
四、有形式主语it的主语从句可省略that。
1. It seems (或appears) (that) Joe is out，not Jack. 外出不在的似乎是乔，不是杰克。
2. It is an honor (that) I was invited to your birthday party. 我很荣幸被邀请参加你的生日聚会。
3. It’s a pity (that) you can’t operate a computer. 很遗憾，你不会操作计算机。
4. It is the third time (that) I have come to China. 这是我第三次来中国。
五、在限制性定语从句中可省略作宾语的关系代词whom，which，that。
That is the naughty boy (whom/that) we talked about last week. 那就是我们上周议论的淘气男孩。
六、在direction(方向)，way(方式)，distance(距离)，time(时间)，times(倍数)等后面所接的定语从句中常省略that，which，in which。
1. The direction (in which) we move a body can be changed. 我们移动物体的方向是可以改变的。
2. The distance (which或that) light travels in one second is 300，000 kilometers. 光每秒走的距离是30万公里。
七、以there be开头的句子，其主语的定语从句常可省略关联词，而there be结构作定语从句时，省略作主语的关系代词。
1. There is a chance Dr. Li will be able to be back for May Day. 李博士也许有机会能回来过“五一节”。
2. We have to make a list of all the books there are on the subject. 我们必须把所有关于这个题目的书列出一个单子。
八、命令句、惊叹句、部分第一人称的陈述句、部分问句和答句中省略最为常见。
1. Open the door! 开门!
2. Why not? 为什么不?
3. Why so? 为什么这样?
4. Anybody wishing to go? 谁愿意去啊?
九、用so，not或其它手段来省略上文或问句中的一部分或整个句义，是NMET的常考项目。
1. — Can Emily do this work? 埃米莉能做这件工作吗?
　 — I think so. 我想她行。
　 — I think not (或I don’t think so). 我想她不行。
2. — Did you know anything about it? 这件事你以前知道吗?
— Not until you told me. 你告诉了我，才知道。
3. He has gone. No one knows where (he has gone). 他走了，谁也不知道他去什么地方了。
4. Jenny knows what (is to be done)! 詹妮有办法!
十、当用强调句型强调疑问词时，常省略强调句型中的that。
1. When was it (that) you received his e-mail? 你收到他的电子邮件是什么时候?
2. We don’t know who it was (that) called the doctor? 我们不知道是谁请了医生?
十一、某些形容词要求后面接一固定的介词短语，若接一从句，则只用that或疑问词直接引出从句，从而省略原有的介词。
1. We are certain(省去of)that air is a mixture. 我们可以肯定，空气是混合物。
2. She is doubtful (省去about) whether she can complete it in time. 她怀疑她能否按时完成。
十二、用to表示前述动词(包括谓语或非谓语动词)及其短语。
1. You may go online if you like (to) (go online). 你如果想上网就可以上网。
2. Nothing can stop the boy from playing video games when he wants to (play). 当这男孩想玩电子游戏时，没有东西可阻碍他玩。
十三、在某些动词后含有宾语补语或主语补语的复合结构中省略to be或being的情况。
1. They found the answer (to be) correct. 他们发现答案正确。
2. This conclusion proved (to be) correct. 这个结论原来是正确的。
十四、新闻标题要求简练醒目，需根据上下文的语境推敲其省略部分。
1. Boy 14，rescued from cliff face. 从峭壁上救下14岁的男孩
(A boy of 14 has been rescued from cliff face.)。
2. American President to fly to London. 美国总统将飞往伦敦
(American President is to fly to London.)。
十五、注意在一些固定短语中某些介词的省略。
　　have trouble (in) sleeping难于入睡。
　　spend one’s evenings (in) reading novels 把晚上的时间花费在看小说上。
　　be busy (in) doing sth. (他)忙于做某事。
　　They are (of) the same age. 他们年龄相同。
　　There is no use (in) explaining it to her any more. 这件事再向她解释是无用的。
　　He is carrying out this experiment (in) the same way as I did yesterday. 他使用我昨天采用的方法在做他的实验。


十六、英语插入语及插入句的用法

在英语学习中，插入语屡见不鲜，由于插入语通常与句中其它成分没有语法上的关系，因此给考生的理解带来一定困难。插入语多半用逗号与句子隔开，用来表示说话者对句子所表达的意思的态度。插入语可能是一个词、一个短语或一个句子。
　　一、常用做插入语的副词
　　indeed的确， surely无疑， however然而， obviously显然， frankly坦率地说， naturally自然， luckily (或happily) for sb.算某人幸运， fortunately幸好， strangely奇怪， hone stly真的， briefly简单地说等。
　　1. Surely， she won’t go to China Telecom with you.
　　 当然她不会和你一起去中国电信。
　　2. Strangely， he has not been to China Unicom. Still more strangely， he has not called me.
　　 奇怪，他未来过中国联通。更奇怪，他没给我打电话。
　　3. Fortunately， I found the book that I’d lost.
　　 幸亏我找到了已丢失的那本书。
　　二、常见的作插入语的形容词或其短语
　　true真的， funny真可笑， strange to say说也奇怪， needless to say不用说， most important of all最为重要， worse still更糟糕的等。
　　1. Strange to say (或True)， he should have done such a thing.
　　 说也奇怪(或真的)，他竟然做出这样的事。
　　2. Most important of all， you each over fulfilled your own task.
　　 更为重要的，你们各自超额完成了自己的任务。
　　三、常用作插入语的介词短语
　　in a few words(或in sum， in short)简而言之， in other words换句话说， in a sense在某种意义上， in general一般说来， in my view在我看来， in his opinion(judgment)按照他的意见(判断)， in conclusion总之， in summary概括地说， in fact事实上， in the first place首先， in addition此外， of course当然， to our knowledge据我们所知， to my joy(delight， satisfaction)使我欣慰(高兴、满意)的， to their surprise(astonishment， amazement)使他们惊奇的， to her regret (disappointment)使她遗憾(失望)的， for instance(或example)例如， as a matter of fact事实上等。
　　1. Of course， he did not succeed for the lack of experience.
　　 当然，他由于缺乏经验而未成功。
　　2. She knows much more about computer science than the other students do， for in stance.
　　 例如，她在计算机科学方面就比其他同学懂得多。
　　四、常用作插入语的分词短语
　　strictly speaking严格地说， generally speaking一般地说， judging from…根据……判断等。
　　Judging from his letter， a campaign against” white pollution” has been undertaken in his hometown.
　　根据他的来信做出判断，一场抵制“白色污染”的运动已经在他的故乡展开了。
　　注意:不要理解为现在分词短语作状语，因为上两句中speaking和judging的动作不是句中主语发出的。
　　五、常用作插入语的不定式短语
　　to be sure无疑地， to sum up概括地说， to tell the truth老实说等。
　　1. To be sure， community service can aid reemployment.
　　 毫无疑问，社区服务能有助于再就业。
　　2. To start with， China is ready strengthen scientific and technological cooperation with many countries.
　　 首先，中国准备和许多国家加强科学技术合作。
　　六、插入句
　　I am sure我可以肯定地说， I believe我相信， I wonder我不知道， you know你知道， you see你明白， that is也就是说， it seems看来是， as I see it照我看来， what is important (serious)重要(严重)的是， I’m afraid恐怕， it is said据说等。
　　1. It will result in success， I suppose.
　　 我想，这件事终于会成功的。
　　2. One day， it is said， Newton saw an apple fall from a tree.
　　 据说，有一天牛顿见到一个苹果从树上掉下来。
　　3. What is more important， information superhighways can carry great amounts of information around the country quickly and cheaply.
　　 更重要的是，信息高速公路能把大量信息迅速、便宜地传遍全国。
十七、状语从句

状语从句在句中作状语，修饰主句中的动词、形容词或副词等。状语从句放在主句之前时，常用逗号分开：放在主句之后，一般不用逗号。状语从句按其意文和作用可分为时间、条件、原因、让步、目的、结果、方式、比较、地点等九种。
时间状语从句
时间状语从句常用连词有when，as，while，before，after，since，till（until），as soon as，hardly…when…，no sooner…than，the moment等。时间状语从句一般不用将来时，因此，主句若为将来时，时间状语从句要用一般现在时。如：
I'll go on with the work when I come back tomorrow.
一、 when, while与as的异同
作为从属连词，三者的意思都是“当…时候”，在用法上有如下异同点。
1. 在主句的谓语动词表示短暂动作，而从句说的是一段时间发生的动作时，三个连词都可 以。如：
I met him as／when／while I was doing some shopping.
2. 从句动作发生的时间如果是某一点，而且主句动作同时或几乎同时发生时，不能用while， 而只能用when或as。如：
I met him as/when I was getting off the bus.
3. 当从句动作发生在主句动作之前时，只能用when，如：
I will ring you up when I return.
4. 主句用进行时态，从句动作发生的时间如果是某一点，只能用when。如：
My mother was cooking the supper when I got home.
5. 如果主句和从句的动作都在一段时间发生，可用as或while，只不过as强调主句和从 句中的动作同时发生，而while强调主句的动作延续于while所指的整个时间。
As I put on my coat，something fell out of the pocket onto the floor.
While he was in prison，Joe Hill continued to write songs to keep up the worker's fight．
二、 when的从属连词用法
when作为从属连词引导时间状语从句，既可放在主句之前，也可放在主句之后。如：
When we got home，it was already eight o'clock.
Come again when you have time．
但在下面这组句子中，when引导的不是时间状语从句，通常不译成“当…的时候”。
1) One evening some of Napoleon's soldiers were drinking together when a young Frenchman brought a fiend to their table.
2) He had just got into bed about half past eleven when he felt the floor shaking under him.
3) An Arab was walking alone through the desert when he met two men.
4) I was just going to explain when the bell rang．
在以上例子中，各句的中心不在前面，而在when引导的分句上。而且when引导的句
子说明的情况是事先未曾预料到的，有一定的突然性。when的意思为and at that moment
或and suddenly。 when引导的这种句子不能放在句首。翻译时常常译成并列句。
三、 till（until）表示 “一直到…”时，主句用持续性动词的肯定式，从句也用肯定式：表示“直 到…才…”，主句用非持续性动词的否定式，从句用肯定式。 例如：
He did not get up till his mother came in.
He worked until it was dark.
四、 as soon as，和the moment引导的从句表示“—…就… ”用no sooner。…than和hardly…when 引导的从句表示“刚……就……”。主句中的动词一般用过去完成时，从句用过去时；而且主句一般倒装，把助动词had提到前面。例如：
As soon as I finish the work， I’ll go to see you．
Hardly had I entered the room when I heard a loud noise．
让步状语从句
让步状语从句由although（though），as，even if，．however, whatever，no matter＋when／how／what／who／where等词引导。
一、 though和although
1. although是较正式语体，语气化（even）though强，且一般用在句首。（even）though比较通俗，较常用。下列情况只能用though：
2. 在部分倒装的从句中，如：
Young though he was，he was burdened with a big family.
3. 在as though，even though等短语中though不能用although代替。值得注意的是，不管 though还是although，都不能与but连用。
二、 由as引导的让步状语从句
由as连词引导的让步从句是一种部分倒装句，其结构通常是：adj.(adv, n 或v)＋as＋主语＋谓语＋其他成分＋（主句）。注意，名词前不用冠词。如：
Tall as he is，he cannot reach the top shelf．（前面是形容词）
Fast as he ran， he missed the first bus．（前面是副词）
Hero as she is，she is modest。（前面是名词）
Try as I might，I couldn't lift the stone．〔前面是动词原形〕
上述句子中的as都可以用though代替。下面三种结构意思相同：
Though he was a child ( Child as he was / Child though he was)，he has won three gold medals in sports．
原因状语从句
一、 for，because，since，as表示原因
for和because，since，as一样，都可作“因为”讲。但它不表示产生某种结果的必然因果关系，它们之间用逗号分隔开。because表示产生某种结果的必然因果关系，是全句的中心，主句反而成了次要的部分，有时主句甚至可以省略。回答why的问题只能用because．比较：
It must have rained last night，for the ground is wet．
The ground is wet because it rained last night．
二、 since和as表示原因的份量不如because那么重，而且通常放在句首。如：
Since you say so，I suppose it's true.
As it is raining，I will not go out.
三、 for是个并列连词，只能放在另一个并列分句前面，表示一种推理或解释，或用作附加说明， 而不是指理由或原因，语气最弱，一般不放在句首，常译成“因为”，“其理由是”。例如：
The day breaks， for the birds are singing。
for表示因果关系时，可以同because交替使用，但for前须用逗号，而because 则不必。
四、 because用于否定句中时，有没有逗号意义是不相同的。
I'm not interested in him，because he is poor．（否定主句）
我对他不惑兴趣是因为他很穷。
I'm not interested in him because he is poor．（没有逗号时，否定转移到从句）
我不是因为他很穷才对他感兴趣。
条件状语从句
条件状语从句用if, unless（if...not），as（so）long as（只要）等词引导，如果主句是将来时，
条件状语从句用一般现在时表示：
As long as I live，I shall work hard。
I shall not go to school unless I finish my homework.
※ unless与if
unless和if都可引导条件状语从句，但意义不同。unless的意思是if not，两者常可互换。如：
I'll go if my wife is invited too。＝I won't go unless my wife is invited too，
有时虽没有not，而反义词语也可互换。如：
I go for a walk every day if weather permits．＝I go for a walk unless bad weather stops me．
地点状语从句
地点状语从句常用where，wherever等连词引导。
Wherever you go，I'll follow you.
注意where引导的地点状语从句不要和定语从句相混淆。
We shall go where working conditions are difficult．（状语从句）
We shall go to the place where working conditions are difficult.（定语从句）
结果状语从句
结果状语从句一般由so，so that，的…that，such…that引导，放在主句之后。例如：
The box is so heavy that nobody can move it.
It is such a heavy box that nobody can move it.
So heavy the box is that nobody can move it．（可用倒装结构）
注意不要和定语从句混淆：
Zhangjiajie is such a marvelous place that everyone wants to visit it. （that引导状语从句）
张家界是如此神奇的地方，人人都想去游玩。
Zhangjiajie is such a marvelous place as everyone wants to visit.（as引导状语从句并作宾语）
张家界是如此一个人人都想去游玩的神奇的地方。
目的状语从句
目的状语从句常由so that，in order that，lest／for fear that等引导，放在主句之后。
一、 so that， in order that
They started early so that they might arrive in time．
＝They started early so as to／in order to arrive in time.
He works hard in order that he can serve he country well.
注意：
1) so that和so as to均不能位于句首.
2) 与so that作结果状语的区别。如：
He hurried to the station so that he could catch the early bus.（表目的）
= He got to the station hurriedly so that he could catch the early bus．
他匆匆忙忙赶到车站，为的是能搭上早班车。
He hurried to the station so that he caught the early bus.（表结果）
= He got to the station hurriedly so that he caught the early bus.
= He got to the station so hurriedly that he caught the early bus.
二、 lest 和for fear that所连接的状语从句里常用should或原形动词以免；生怕；唯恐（that 用于fear worry等词之后起连接作用，无实际意义）
They started out early for fear that they (should) miss the train.
Be careful lest you fall from that tree。要当心，以免从树上摔下来。
I was afraid lest he might come too late。我怕他来得太晚。
方式状语从句
方式状语从句放在主句之后，用as，just as，as if, as though等引导。as if和as though引导的从句一般用虚拟语气。但如果从句中所陈述的情况很可能实现，也可用陈述语气。例如：
The old man runs very fast as if he were a young man.
You may do as you please.
比较状语从句
比较状语从句常由as。…as，than，not so。…as…，the more．…the more等词引导。比较从句部分常是省略句。例如：
I know you better than he does.
The more we can do for you， the happier we will be.

巩固训练
1. I think that you are younger ________.
A. than you are looked B. than you look like C. than you look D. than you are like
2. It was ________ that I couldn’t finish it by myself.
A. so difficult a work B. such a difficult work C. so difficult work D. such difficult work
3. The busier the workers are, ________ they feel.
A. the more happiness B. the more happy C. the happier D. the much happier
4. ________ you go, you should bear your motherland in your mind.
A. Where B. Wherever C. However D. Whatever
5. ________ had we hurried home ________ it began to pour down.
A. No sooner; when B. Hardly; when C. Hardly; that D. As soon as; when
6. Mr. Wu seldom comes here. ________ he comes, I’ll let you know.
A. Once B. As C. Unless D. while
7. Though he is very young. ________ he knows three foreign languages.
A. but B. and C. however D. yet
8. ________ you are here, you should go and say hello to your teacher.
A. As B. Because C. For D. Now that
9. Mr. Smith has been ill ________ he came to China from France last year.
A. as B. because C. since D. when
10. There is not much chance of winning the competition. ________, you can have a try.
A. Completely B. Therefore C. Although D. Anyhow
11. The speaker raised his voice ________ he might be heard clearly.
A. so as to B. in order to C. in case D. so that
12. How time flies! Three months has passed ________ we know.
A. since B. before C. when D. after
13. — Shall I put the book away?
— No. leave it________ it is. I haven’t finished it.
A. in the place B. there C. where D. here
14. It is sever years ________ I left Paris.
A. when B. after C. before D. since
15. — The air is polluted seriously.
— It’ll be get worse ________ something is done about pollution.
A. but B. unless C. besides D. if
16. You can use my car ________ you come back before Firday.
A. unless that B. on condition that C. whenever D. as if
17. ________ the letter, tears kept coming down from her eyes.
A. To read B. Reading C. She was reading D. While she was reading
18. Mr. Brown is a warm-hearted person, he helps me ________ I ask him to.
A. whatever B. whenever C. only D. however
19. ________ what may happen, I won’t change my mind.
A. Even if B. Although C. Since D. No matter
20. It won’t be long ________ we meet again.
A. after B. before C. since D. when
21. You’ll surely make progress ________ you work with a strong will.
A. unless B. until C. as long as D. as well as
22. He was walking along the street ________ he heard someone crying “help”.
A. while B. when C. as D. which
23. ________ they visited the Great Wall, they showed great interest in it.
A. The first time B. For the first time C. At first D. Until
24. I didn’t manage to do it ________ you had explained how.
A. until B. unless C. after D. when
25. — What was the party like?
— Wonderful, it’s years ________ I engaged myself so much.
A. after B. when C. before D. since
26. ________ strong the temptation, don’t stay in any job long.
A. Though B. Even if C. Whatever D. However
27. It is generally considered unwise to give a child ________ he or she wants.
A. however B. whatever C. whichever D. whenever
28. After liberation, a new school building was put up ________ there had once been a temple.
A. that B. where C. which D. there
29. I wonder if he ________ us, and I think if he ________ us we’ll be able to complete the task ahead of time.
A. will help; will help B. helps; will help C. will help; helps D. helps; helps
30. ________ we fail, we ________trying.
A. Even although; shall never stop B. Even; will not stop C. Even though; won’t stop. D. Even if; don’t stop
31. ________ telephone, tell him I’m out.
A. Anyone B. Whoever C. Who D. No matter
32. They did not stop fighting ________ there was no enemy left.
A. since B. when C. after D. until
33. I was about to leave my house ________ the phone rang.
A. after B. when C. as D. while
34. She thought I was talking about her daughter, ________, in fact, I was talking about mine.
A. when B. where C. which D. while
35. ________ a young man, he was fond of hunting.
A. When B. While C. As D. Like
36. He always gets up early ________ he can find some time to read English in the morning.
A. that B. whether C. when D. for
37. She loves the little girl ________ she were her own.
A. even if B. as if C. if D. because
38. The little girl is going to stay with her aunt ________.
A. until her mother comes back B. until her mother will come back C. when her mother comes back D. before her mother will come back
39. Lin Tao is sure to come to help you ________ his homework.
A. as soon as he will finish B. the moment he has finished C. as soon as he finished D. the moment he had finished
40. He can make cakes ________ his mother does.
A. so that B. lest C. just as D. in order that
41. They use computers so that the physical examination ________ be sped up.
A. would B. could C. shall D. can
42. You will have to buy the book ________ you like it or not.
A. as B. whether C. if D. though
43. She continued to write ________ she had always done.
A. as if B. before C. as D. when
44. I don’t think she’ll be upset, but I’ll see her ________ she is.
A. unless B. in case C. until D. though
45. She had given Robert all her saving, ________ they ________ able to buy their own house.
A. so that; were B. so that; might be C. in order that; were D. such that; were
Key: 1—10. CDCBB ADDCD 11—20. DBCDB BDBDB 21—30. CBAAD DBBCC 31—45. BDBDC ABABC DBCBA


十八、“so that” ,”so…that” 和 “such…that”

在学习so that 和so…that从句时，有相当一部分同学认为：so that 是用来构成目的状语从句的，而so…that则是用来构成结果状语从句的。其实，情况并不是这样。
一、 so that同样可以用来引导结果状语从句，无论是否有副词作状语或形容词作表语，这就要得从意义上和so that从句的结构上来考虑，表目的的so that状语从句中通常情况下都含有一个情态动词。试比较：
He hurried to the station so that he could catch the early bus. （表目的）
= He got to the station hurriedly so that he could catch the early bus.
他匆匆忙忙赶到车站，为的是能搭上早班车。
He hurried to the station so that he caught the early bus. （表结果）
= He got to the station hurriedly so that he caught the early bus.
= He got to the station so hurriedly that he caught the early bus.
他匆匆忙忙赶到车站，结果搭上了早班车。
※ 但若副词或形容词是放在so …that之间，就算that从句中含有情态动词也只能表示结果。
The boy was so stupid that he couldn’t work out the maths problem.
这个男孩很笨，所以他解不出这道数学题。
注： ① 表目的的so that 从句可以用in order that 替换；若主句和从句的主语一致的时候还可以用so as to或in order to将其转换为简单句。如：
I got up early so that I could be in time for the morning exercises.
→ I got up early in order that I could be in time for the morning exercises.
→ I got up early so as to / in order to be in time for the morning exercises.
② 有时为了加强语气，in order that 从句或in order to短语还可以放到句首，但so that 和so as to却不行。如：
In order that I could be in time for the morning exercises, I got up early.
In order to be in time for the morning exercises, I got up early.
③ 当so…that（或so that）结构的主句中有副词作状语或形容词作表语时，必须用so + adv. / adj. + as to才可以将其转换为简单句来表示结果，否则是表示目的。试比较：
I spoke so loud as to be heard by everyone. （表结果）
我讲得声音很大，结果大家都听清楚了。
I spoke loud so as to be heard by everyone. （表目的）
我很大声地讲，是为了大家能都听清楚
④ 在so + adv. / adj. + that所构成的结果状语从句中，人们常常把so + adv. / adj. 移到句首并将谓语动词倒装来表示强调。例如：
So hard did the boy study that he passed the exam.
So clever is the boy that he can answer the question.
⑤ 人们在口语中常省去so…that的that，也有人省去so而保留that。如：
She was so excited (that) she could hardly fall asleep.
She was (so) excited that she could hardly fall asleep.
在书写中省去that时，最好加上逗号，把句子的两个部分隔开。例如：
She was so excited, she could hardly fall asleep.
二、 so…that和such…that都可以构成结果从句，所不同的是so…that之间接形容词或副词，而 such…that之间接名词。一般情况下，即使名词前有形容词修饰也不能换用so…that。例如：
The boy is so clever that everyone likes him.
The boy is such a fool that he can’t understand it.
Titanic is such a moving film that all of us want to see it.
The teacher gave the children such wonderful picture books that they got wild with joy.
注： ① 当such…that之间用“不定冠词 + 形容词 + 单数名词”时，可以用so…that替换，但得将不定冠词和形容词颠倒位置。例如：
That was such an important party that I had to take part in it.
→ That was so important a party that I had to take part in it.
② 当such…that之间的可数名词前用many或few修饰，不可数名词前用much或little修饰时，只能用so…that构成结果从句。例如：
I’ve got so few apples that I cannot divide them among the children.
I have so much homework to do that I can’t go to the cinema with you.
③ 当little表示“小”而不是“少”的意思时，仍然用such…that. 试比较：
They are such little children that they cannot do the work well.
这些孩子太小，他们做不好这项工作。
I have so little money that I can’t buy the computer.
我的钱太少买不起这部电脑。
三、 such…that万不可与such…as混用。such…that中的that是连词，用来引导状语从句，在从句中不充当任何成分；而such…as中的as是关系代词，用来引导定语从句并在从句中担当主语、宾语或表语。试比较：
Zhangjiajie is such a marvelous place that everyone wants to visit it. （that引导状语从句）
张家界是如此神奇的地方，人人都想去游玩。
Zhangjiajie is such a marvelous place as everyone wants to visit. （as引导定语从句并作宾语）
张家界是如此一个人人都想去游玩的神奇的地方。


十九、“Since”时间从句中的谓语形式和意义

首先请同学们看1993年的一道高考题：
— What was the party like?
─ Wonderful. It’s years ________ I enjoyed myself so much.
A. after B. before C. when D. since
正确选项为D。意为：“你觉得这次聚会怎么样？” “棒极了，我好多年都没有这么痛痛快快地玩了。”这里的It’s years since I enjoyed myself so much = I haven’t enjoyed myself so much for years. 为什么 “enjoy” 的意义在这里变成了否定的呢？
这是因为enjoy是持续性动词。当持续性动词用在since从句中时，其意义不同于非持续性动词。下面做一下分类解释：
一、在since时间从句中用非持续性动词时，时间的计算应从该动作发生之时开始； 若是用持续性动词，时间的计算则应从该动作结束之时开始。例如：
① I haven’t seen him since he left Wuhan. 自从他离开武汉以来，我一直没见过他。（这里的left为非持续性动词，时间的计算应从left的动作发生之时开始。）
② I haven’t seen him since he lived in Wuhan. 自从他不住在武汉以来，我一直没见过他。（这里的lived为持续性动词，时间的计算应从lived的动作结束之时开始。）
以上的句①和句②的意思基本相同。句②since从句中的谓语lived的意义是否定的，而又不能将其改为 didn’t live，这是英语的一种表达习惯。又如:
She has stayed at her uncle’s since she was ill. 她自病愈以来就一直住在她叔叔家里。（这里was ill是持续性的“状态”，用在since从句中同样表示这种“状态”的结束，也就是“不生病”或“病愈了”）
二、任何语法都不是绝对的，例外情况总是存在的。有时候，since从句中的持续性动词同样可以表示动作或状态延续到现在，时间的起点可以从动作或状态的发生之时开始，但通常在since之前加上 “ever” 以加强since的语意。例如：
I’ve known her ever since I was a child. 我自孩提时代起就认识她了。
I haven’t been to the cinema ever since I owned the TV set. 自从我拥有了这台电视机，我就没有去电影院看过电影。
另外，也可以将since从句中的谓语改为完成时态来加强语意而使持续性动作或状态延续到现在，但值得注意的是在since从句中用完成时态并不是很常见的。
He has been looking for a job since he has been laid off. 自从他下岗以来就一直在找工作。
I haven’t heard from him since he has lived abroad. 自从他在国外居住以来我一直没有收到他的来信。
注意： since从句中如果是用的非持续性动词，则无论在since前加ever还是将since从句中的谓语改为完成时态来加强语意，从句中谓语动词的动作都没有什么持续性。例如：
My granny has been catnapping ever since the film began \ since the film has begun. 自电影一开始，我奶奶就一直在打瞌睡。
三、在“It is + 时间 + since-从句” 的结构中，情况则不一样。它表示从过去某一时刻起到现在（说话时刻）为止的一段持续时间的总和，从句中通常都用一般过去时，但无论用持续性还是非持续性动词都表示动作或状态的完成，时间的起点应该是在动作或状态完成的那一刻开始算起。例如：
① It is six years since I joined the Party. 我入党已经有六年了。
② It is six years since I was in Beijing. 我不在（离开）北京已经有六年了。
在句②中，无论在since从句前加ever还是在从句中用have been都无法表达“我已经在北京呆了六年”的意思。又如:
It is about five years since my father (has) smoked. 我父亲不吸烟已经约五年了。
(= It is about five years since my father gave up smoking.)
所以，本文开头的那道高考题“It’s years since I enjoyed myself so much.” 应译为“我好多年都没有这么痛痛快快地玩了。”这样才与上下文逻辑上一致。
四、但是，如需要since从句表示某一持续性的动作或状态从发生之时起一直延续到现在的时刻，那么可将since改为that，并且谓语必须用完成时态。试比较：
① It is about seven years since we (have) lived in the countryside. 我们约7年不住在乡下了。
② It is about seven years that we have lived in the countryside. 我们住在乡下约有7年了。
= We have lived in the countryside (for) about seven years.
其实，句②就是一个“It is + time + that”所构成的强调句型。
注意：强调句中的谓语绝不可用非持续性动词的肯定式，但可用其否定式。因为否定式表示该动作没有发生，是一种状况，这种状况是可以持续的。比较：
（正）(1) It is three weeks that he hasn’t come here.
（正）(2) He hasn’t come here for three weeks.
（误）(1) It is three weeks that he has come here.
（误）(2) He has come here for three weeks.
(但句若(2)理解成“他到这儿来了，打算呆三个星期”则是正确，那么for three weeks作“目的状语”而非“时间状语”了。)


二十、倒装句

英语的基本语序是“主语＋谓语”。如果将谓语的全部或一部分放在主语之前，这种语序叫做“倒装”。倒装的原因，一是语法结构的需要（如某些疑问句）；一是为了强调。
英语中常见的倒装句，除了某些疑问句和以引导词there开头的固定倒装句型外，还有下列一些情况：
1． 在以here, there或out, in, up, down, over, away, off, upstairs / downstairs等副词开头的句子里，表示强调。在这种情况下只需将动词直接提前而并不需要用助动词的帮助来构成倒装。
1) There goes the bell.
2) Here comes the bus.
3) Out rushed the children.
4) Away went the boy.
※ 但在这样的结构中，若主语是人称代词时，只需将被强调的副词提前，而主语和谓语的语序是不变的。如：
1) Here it is. (不能说Here is it.)
2) Away he went. (不能说Away went he.)
2． 直接引语的一部分或全部放在句首时，有时也用倒装。
1) “What the child said is true,” said the father.
2) “What does it mean?” asked the boy.
3． only所修饰的副词、介词短语或状语从句放在句子开头时。
1) Only then did I realize that I was wrong.
2) Only in this way can you learn from your mistake.
3) Only when the war was over in 1918 was he able to get happily back to work.
※ 当only 之后所接的不是状语时不可以用倒装。如：
Only Comrade Zhang knows about it.
4． 含有否定意义的副词或连词，如hardly, never, not, not only, little, seldom, scarcely, barely, no sooner, not once等放在句首时。
1) Never shall I forget it.
2) Not a single mistake did he make.
3) Hardly had I reached the bus stop when the bus started. (= No sooner had I reached the bus stop than the bus started.)
4) Not only was everything he had taken away from him, but his German citizenship.
※ 另外，当含有否定意义的状语提前时，谓语也要倒装。
5) By no means (= never) did he go to the countryside with you.
6) Without any money on him did he go to town.
7) Not until his mother came back did he went to bed.
8) At no time(= never) will I give up.
5． 当句首状语或表语为表示地点的介词短语时，也常常引起全部倒装。
1) South of the city lies a big steel factory.
2) Under the desk is your pen.
3) From the valley came a frightening sound.
4) They arrived at a farmhouse, in front of which sat a small boy.
6． 当表语位于句首时，倒装结构为“表语＋连系动词＋主语”。
1) Present at the meeting were Professor Smith and many other guests.
2) Gone are the days when they could do what they liked to the Chinese people.
3) Among the goods are Christmas trees, flowers, candies and toys.
7． 用于so, nor, neither, no more 开头的句子，表示重复前句的部分内容。原句的谓语应与前句的谓语的时态、形式相一致
1) She is a tailor. So is her mother.
2) You can ride a car. So can I.
3) The first one is not good, nor is the second.
4) He doesn’t like football, neither do I.
5) If you don’t go there, no more will I. (= You will not go there. I won’t, either.
8． 表示结果so…that或such…that也可以构成倒装。
6) So clever is he that he can do the work well.
7) In such a hurry did he come running that he was out of breath.
※ so that表示目的时，不能用倒装。
9． 当虚拟语气的条件句省略if时可将were, should和had提至句首构成倒装。
1) Were he here, he would help you. (= If he was/were here, …)
2) Should he come tomorrow, what would you do? (= If he should come, …)
3) Had you met him yesterday, you could have learnt more from him. (= If you had met him yesterday, …)
10． Although / Though构成的让步状语从句可以用局部倒装。
1) Pretty as she is, she is not clever. (= Although/Though she is pretty, …)
2) Hard as he worked, he couldn’t support his family. (Though he worked hard, …)
3) Try as he would, he might fail again. (= Though he would try again, …)
4) Child as he is, he knows a lot. (Though he is a child, …)
注意：若表语是名词，其名词前不加任何冠词。
以上各句中的as均可用though, 但as更常用。
※ 在as/though引导的让步状语从句中，如果主句较长，也可实行全部倒装。
5) Difficult as was the chemistry homework, it was finished in time.
11． 当often, many a time等状语位于句首时也常用倒装。
1) Often does he come to visit me.
2) Many a time have I been to Beijing.
12． 表示祝愿、祈祷的句子常用倒装。
1) Long live our Communist Party!
2) May you be happy!
13． 有时要强调宾语，可以将宾语提至句首，但谓语无须倒装。
That book he kept for himself.
巩 固 训 练
第一部分：历届高考题选
1. I like sports and __________ my brother.
A. so does B. so is C. so D. so like
2. He can’t drive a car, __________.
A. so can I B. can’t I either C. I can’t too D. neither can I
3. She is not fond of cooking, __________ I.
A. so am B. nor am C. neither do D. nor do
4. No sooner had he finished his talk __________ he was surrounded by the workers.
A. as B. then C. than D. when
5. Helen doesn't like milk and __________.
A. so I don’t B. so don’t I C. either I do D. neither do I
6. Only in this way __________ progress in your English.
A. you make B. can you make
C. you be able to make D. will you able to make
7. __________, he doesn’t study well.
A. As he is clever B. He is as clever C. Clever as he is D. As clever he is
8. — I don’t think I can walk any further.
— __________. Let’s stop here for a rest.
A. Neither am I B. Neither can I C. I don’t think so D. I think so
9. — Did you enjoy that trip? — I’m afraid not. And __________.
A. my classmates don’t either B. my classmates don’t too
C. neither do my classmates D. neither did my classmates
10. — John won first prize in the contest. — __________.
A. So he did B. So did he C. So he did, too D. So did he, too
11. After that we never saw her again, nor __________ from her.
A. did we hear B. we heard C. had we heard D. we have heard
12. Not until the early years of the 19th century __________ what heat is.
A. man did know B. man knew C. didn’t man know D. did man know
13. Not until I began to work __________ how much time I had wasted.
A. didn't realize B. did I realize C. I didn’t realize D. I realize
14. Not until all the fish died in the river __________ how serious the pollution was.
A. did the villagers realize B. the villagers realize
C. the villagers did realize D. didn’t the villagers realize
第二部分：补充练习
1. Look, __________.
A. here the bus comes B. here is the bus coming
C. here comes the bus D. here the bus is coming
2. — Where is Kate? — Look, __________. She is at the school gate.
A. there she is B. there is she C. here you are D. here it is
3. Which of the following sentences is correct.
A. In the teacher came. B. In did come the teacher.
C. In did the teacher come. D. In came the teacher.
4. Out __________, with a stick in his hand.
A. did he rush B. rushed he C. he rushed D. he did rush
5. __________, he is honest.
A. As he is poor B. Poor is he C. Poor as he is D. Poor as is he
6. __________, he knows a lot of things.
A. A child as he is B. Child as he is C. A child as is he D. Child as is he
7. __________, you can’t lift yourself up.
A. Even you’re strong B. Strong as you are
C. How strong you are D. In spite you’re strong
8. So carelessly __________ that he almost killed himself.
A. he drives B. he drove C. does he drive D. did he drive
9. Early in the day __________ the news __________ the enemy were gone.
A. come; that B. came; that C. comes; that D. came; what
10. Only when you realize the importance of foreign languages __________ them well.
A. you can learn B. can you learn C. you learned D. did you learn
11. Only after liberation, __________ to be treated as human beings.
A. did they begin B. they had begun C. they did begin D. had they begun
12. Not only __________ to stay at home, but he was also forbidden to see his friends.
A. he was forcing B. he was forced C. was he forcing D. was he forced
13. Not until his father was out of prison __________ to school.
A. can John go B. John can go C. could John go D. John could go
14. Never before __________ seen such a stupid man.
A. am I B. was I C. have I D. shall I
15. Rarely __________ such a silly thing.
A. have I heard of B. I have heard of
C. I have been hearing of D. have I heard from
16. Little __________ about his own health though he was very ill.
A. he cared B. did he care C. does he care D. he cares
17. Seldom _________ him recently.
A. I met B. I have met C. have I met D. didn’t meet
18. Hardly __________ down __________ he stepped in.
A. had I sat; than B. I had sat; when C. had I sat; then D. had I sat; when
19. No sooner __________ asleep than she heard a knock at the door.
A. she had fallen B. had she fallen C. she had fell D. had she fell
20. He did not see Smith. __________.
A. Neither did I B. Nor didn’t I C. Neither I did D. So didn’t I
21. I don't know how to swim, __________.
A. and my sister doesn’t neither B. nor my sister can
C. nor does my sister D. and my sister does either
22. — You ought to have given them some advice.
— __________, but who cared what I said.
A. So ought you B. So I ought C. So did you D. So I did
23. — It was hot yesterday. — __________.
A. It was so B. So was it C. So it was D. So it did
24. She’s passed the test. __________.
A. So am I B. So have I C. So I have D. Also I have
25. — You like football very much. — __________.
A. So do I B. It is the same with me
C. I do too D. So I do
KEY:
1—10. ADBCD BCBDA 11— 14. ADBA
1—10. CADCC BBDBB 11—20. ADCCA BCDBA 21—25. CDCBD


二十一、定语从句

Ⅰ. 定语从句的特点
定语从句修饰前面的名词或代词，它由“关系代词或副词＋从句”构成，它所修饰的名词或代词称作先行词。定语从句通常置于先行词之后。例如：
My brother works in the factory which is not far from your house.
注意：关系代词或副词在定语从句中，一定充当一个成分。
Ⅱ. 用于限定性定语从句的关系代词
who, whom, which, that, whose等关系代词在定语从句中所指对象是人或物，在从句中作主语、宾语、介词宾语或定语。它们的形式变化如下：

指 代 对 象
人
事 物
人 + 事物
主 格
who/that
which/that
that
宾 格
who(m)/that
which/that
that
所有格
whose
whose/of which

Ⅲ. who, whom, that代表人
A. who, that作主格，不能省略。例如：
The man who/that spoke at the meeting this morning is a famous lawyer.
作主格时，who较that更常用。
B. who, whom, that,作动词的宾语。口语中常用who或that代替whom。经常可以省略。例如：
The girl who(m)/that you saw just now is Jane.
The girl you saw just now is Jane.
C. 当先行词是all, nobody, no one, somebody, someone, anybody等词或者名词有形容词最高级或序数词修饰时，指人时who和that都可以用。例如：
All who/that heard the news were excited.
D. 介词 + whom引导 定语从句时，whom不能由who或that代替,也不能省略。例如：
I don’t know the person to whom you talked.
但在口语中，通常把介词放在从句后面。此时，可以用who或that代替whom; 经常省略关系代词。例如：
I don’t know the man (who/that) you talked to.
The hero (who/that) you often hear of will come to our school tomorrow.
Ⅳ. which, that代表事物
A. which, that作主格。不能省略。例如：
This is the book which/that was written in easy English by our English teacher.
B. which/that作动词的宾语可以省略。例如：
The picture (which/that) he drew in the 1980s are on show.
C. 介词 ＋ which ＋从句
1) 此结构中，which不能用that代替，也不能省略。但是口语中，当介词放在从句后
面时，可that代替which，也可省略。如：
The chair on which she is sitting is made of plastics.
The chair (which/that) she is sitting on is made of plastics.
2) 可用when代替表示时间的at/in which:
I’ll always remember the day on which/when I visited Professor Wang.
3) 可用where代替表示地点的at/in which:
I haven’t ever been to the house in which/where my uncle lives.
4) 可用why表示原因的for which:
The reason for which/why he refused to go the party was that they had not
invited him to.
D. 当先行词是all, much, little, everything, none或是由no构成的词组时，通常用that,很少用which。例如：
All the oranges that she brought me were eaten by my little brother.
Ⅴ. whose用作所有格
A. whose指人，表示所修饰的“某（些）人的”：
I don’t want to hire the boy whose father is now in prison.
Once there was a wise king whose name was Alfred.
B. whose也指事物，表示所修饰的“某物的”：
Look at the house whose roof is red.
用于这中场合的“whose ＋ 从句”结构常可以用“…of which + 从句”或“of which…＋从句”或“with ＋ 短语”代替。例如：
Look at the house, the roof of which is red.
Look at the house, of which the roof is red.
Look at the house with a red roof.
Ⅵ. 通常只用who代表人的场合
1) 当先行词是one, ones, anyone,或those等：
Anyone who does that must be mad.
Those who are to break the law will be punished.
2) 在there be结构中可用that, 但who较多用。
There is a young man who/that wants to see you.
3) 当先行词是人而后面有较长的修饰语时：
I met a friend of mine in the park yesterday who had got three gold medals in
the Asian Games.
4) 为了避免重复或引起歧义：
The man that spoke at the meeting is our new headmaster who has just come
from Shanghai.
5) 当先行词是、 I, you, he, they等时（常用语谚语中）
He who plays with fire gets burned. (玩火者必自焚)
Ⅶ. 通常只用that的场合
1) 当先行词是人＋事物时
They talked about the persons and things that they had visited.
2) 当the＋形容词最高级/last/next/only/very ＋（名词）作先行词时：
This is the best film that I have ever seen.
That is the very film that I want to see.
3) 当先行词中含有序数词时：
This is the first letter that I have received from her since she left.
4) 当关系代词在定语从句中作表语时：
China is not the country that it used to be.
5) 当先行词是anything/something/nothing/everything等不定代词时，经常用that:
I’ll tell you everything that I know about the meeting.
6) 为了避免重复：
Which is the car that hit the boy?
Who was the man that she danced with?
7) 当先行词是疑问代词who时：
Who that has such a house does not love it?
Ⅷ.关系代词which的其它用法
1) 代表主句中谓语的整个概念：
He can write a letter in English, which I cannot do.
2) 代表整个主句：
I said nothing, which made him still angrier.
3) 当先行词本身是that，表示事物时，关系代词通常用which：
He has found that which he was looking for.
Ⅸ. when, where, why作关系副词
A. when代替at/in/on/during which, 在定语从句中作状语。如：
Tell me the time when (= at which) the train leaves.
July, when (= in which) we can go home for a rest, is coming soon.
I will never forget the day when (= on which) I reached the top of the Huangshan Mountain.
You will have some spare time when (= during which) you can learn French at home.
有时候when可以用that代替或省略，如：
I know the time when/that John left. 或 I know the time John left.
注意：当表示时间的先行词time, morning, afternoon, day, night, moment, childhood等充当从句的主语、动词或介词的宾语时，不能够when。如：
His uncle is going to Beijing in October, which is the best season there. (这里的which指October, 作主语)
I will never forget the days that/which I spent with your family.(which指days,作宾语)
在 It is the first/last time that…句型中，that是习惯用法，不能用when替代。如：
It is the first time that I have been to the Great Wall.
B. where代替at/in/to which, 在定语从句中作地点状语。例如：
This is the school where (= at which) I used to study.
What is the name of the town where (= in which) we stayed last night?
Think of a place where (= to which) we can go for dinner.
在口语中偶尔用that代替where, 如：
This is the very spot where/that the accident happened.
C. where有时作关系代词，经常用在from where ＋ 从句之中。例如：
His head soon appeared out of the window from where/which he could see nothing but trees.
注意：where不能用作从句的主语或动词的宾语。例如：
The museum which/that we visited yesterday has a history of 200 years.
(不能说 * The Museum where we visited yesterday has a history of 200 years.)
请注意观察和比较以下两例中的关系词：
The Museum where /in which he works has a long history.
The Museum (which/that) he visited has a long history.
D. why代替for which用作reason的定语从句。如：
I don’t know the reason why (= for which) he left here.
同样在口语中, why可以省略。
That’s the reason (why) he left home.
注意观察下例：
The reason why his sister is late is that his husband is dangerously ill in hospital.
句中why不用that代替，以避免重复；that不能够用because或why代替，陈述主语reason的表语从句只用that引导，that不作从句的某一成分，试比较：
I didn’t know the reason why he was late.
The reason why he was late was that his wife was ill.
His wife was very ill. That’s why he was late.
It’s because his wife was ill in bed.
E. in/by which或that用在the way之后，在定语从句中作方式状语，例如：
I admired the way (in which/that) you answered his question.
This is the way (by which/that) we came last time.
Ⅹ.非限定性定语从句
A. 与限定性定语从句的区别
限定性定语从句不能用逗号与主句隔开，它限制所修饰的先行词的意义；非限定性定语从句前面需用逗号与主句分开，它只是先行词的附加说明，省去后不会影响主句的意思。例如：
My brother who lives in New York has six children.
我住在纽约的那个兄弟有六个孩子。（不止一个兄弟）
My brother, who lives in New York, has six children.
我的兄弟有六个孩子，他住在纽约。（只有这一个兄弟）
由以上例句可见：非限定性定语从句表达的意义含“唯一性”，翻译时通常译成一个并列句，其形式往往可用and…替换。又如：
I met a boatman, who (= and he) took me across the river.
They will fly to Kunming, where (= and there) they will stay for several days.
B. 非限定性定语从句中关系代词和关系副词的用法
1) 在任何情况下都不能省略；
2) who（主格），whom （宾格），which（主、宾格）不能用that代替，也不能互相替换；
3) 介词 ＋ which/whom ＋ 从句结构中，介词不能移到从句的后面；
4) when, where可用于非限定性定语从句。
Ⅺ.关系代词作主语时数的判定
A. who, which, that本身并没有数和性的变化，它们的数和性应以先行词的数和性而定，从句中的动词谓语形式应与其数保持一致。例如：
I talked with the boy who swims the fastest in your school. (注意：… the boy who swims)
All the boys who are now swimming in the river are from Wuhan, (注意：… the boys who are now swimming)
B. one of … 和the one/the only one of …
1) He is one of the teachers who know English well.
2) He is the only one of the teachers who knows English well.
句1中who指the teachers,作复数，意指：精通英语的教师之一；句2中who指the only one, 作单数，意指：教师中唯一精通英语的。
C. 根据具体情况而定。例如：
1) Please look at the woman with two children who is sitting under the tree.
2) Please look at the woman with two children who are playing under the tree.
句1中who代表the woman:那位带着两个孩子坐在数下树下的妇女；句2中的who代表two children:那位带着两个在树下玩的孩子的妇女
Ⅻ. as作关系代词
A. as代表整个主句或主句中的某一成分，常可用which取代。例如：
She is very careful, as (= which) her work shows.
It is like a snake, as (= which) anybody can see.
但要注意，当as从句位于句首时，as不能用which取代。例如：
As she had hoped, he saw the play.
B. 使用as的几个惯用结构
1) the same … as; They are studying the same subject as we are.
2) such as; The book is not such as I expect.
3) such … as; Such books as this are too difficult to beginners.
4) as many … as; He had as many books on physics as I had.
5) as much … as; There is a plenty of hot water. You can use as much as you need.
6) as … as; I ran as fast as I could.
7) not so/as … as; He is not so strong as he used to be.
C. 一些使用as的惯用语
1) as any body can see (正如人人都能看到的那样)
2) as we all know (正如我们大家所知道的那样)
3) as is well-known (众所周知)
4) as we had expected (正如我们所预料的那样)
5) as often happens (正如经常发生的那样)
6) as has been said before (如上所述)
D. the same … as和the same … that
the same … as指 “同类”；the same that指 “同一样”。试比较：
1) This is the same bag as I lost yesterday.
2) This is the same bag that I lost yesterday.
句1：与我昨天丢的包是同样的；句2；就是我昨天丢的那个包（= This is the very bag that I lost yesterday.）
XIII. but作关系代词
but有时用在否定结构后，相当于who/that … not的意思。例如：
In China there is no one but knows Lei Feng. (= … there is no one who does not know
Lei Feng.)
There is no rule but has some exceptions. (= There is no rule that does not have some
exceptions.)

巩固训练
单项选择：
1. The Swede did not understand the questions ______ were asked in French.
A. where B. who C. in which D. which
2. When you read the book, you’d better make a mark ______ you have any questions.
A. at which B. at where C. the place where D. where
3. Finally, the thief handed everything_______ he had stolen to the police.
A. after B. what C. whatever D. that
4. Was it in this palace _______ the last emperor died?
A. that B. in which C. in where D. which
5. That dinner was the most expensive meal we ________.
A. would have B. have had C. had never had D. had ever ha
6. His parents wouldn’t let him marry anyone _______ family was poor.
A. of whom B. whom C. of whose D. whose
7. All ______ is needed is a supply of oil.
A. the thing B. that C. what D. which
8. He paid the boy $10 for washing ten windows, most of _______ hadn’t been cleaned for at least a year.
A. these B. those C. that D. which
9. Did you show them around the room ________ Premier Zhou once worked and lived?
A. what B. when C. where D. which
10. The mountain village ___ you visited twenty years ago has developed into a big town.
A. what B. where C. in which D. that
11. My grandma liked to live in a room ______ window opens to the south.
A. that B. where C. which D. whose
12. She heard a terrible noise, ______ brought her heart into her mouth.
A. it B. which C. this D. that
13. My brother, _____ you met last night, is a PLA man.
A. that B. which C. who D. whom
14. I shall be surprised if he does this the same way _____I do.
A. as B. like C. which D. what
15. Don’t talk about such things ______ you do not understand.
A. that B. which C. as D. those
16. He ______ does not reach the Great Wall is not a true man.
A. who B. that C. which D. those
17. I don’t think it’s a good way ______ he chose to the small village.
A. which B. on which C. in which D. by which
18. Who is it ______ came to visit your father last Sunday?
A. who B. which C. that D. he
19. He was born in the United States in 1980, ______ , seven years later, he began his school.
A. where B . when C. there D. which
20. This is the same book ______ I lost last week. Could you please give it back to me?
A. as B . that C. which D. what
Key: 1---10. DDDAD DBDCD 11---20. DBDAC AACAB
多项选择
1. Robinson has become a policeman _______ I very much want to be.
A. who B. that C. 不填 D. whom
2. There is a famous man ______ lives in this town.
A. who B. that C. 不填 D. whom
3. Is this village ______ you have ever visited?
A. that B. which C. the one D. the one that
4. Do you remember the man and the place ______ I told you?
A. where B. who C. that D. 不填
5. Please show me ______ you bought the other day.
A. all that B. all C. what D. that which
6. I don’t like the way ______ he treats his wife.
A. in which B. that C. 不填 D. how
7. The house ______ faces south is my home.
A. of which the door B. whose door C. the door of which D. of whose door
8. The house _____ he bought in 1997, and _____ he sold two years later, is again on the
market.
A. which; which B. 不填; which C. 不填; 不填 D. which; 不填
9. He told me the same story ______ you had told me before.
A. as B. which C. that D. what
10. This is the place ______ he stayed ______ when he was in London.
A. in which; 不填 B. where; 不填 C. which; in D. that; in
11. The reason _____ he refused to go to the party was unknown.
A. why B. that C. for which D. 不填
12. It is the first time ______ I’ve been to the Great Wall.
A. that B. when C. which D. in which
13. It rained all night and all day, ______ the ship broke in pieces.
A. during which B. when C. during which time D. which
14. This is the hotel ____ we once stayed _______.
A. 不填; 不填 B. 不填; in C. 不填; at D. where; in
15. I still remember the time ______ I first became a college student.
A. when B. as C. that D. which
Key:
1. BC 2. AB 3.CD 4. CD 5.ABCD 6. ABC 7. ABC 8. AB 9. AC 10. ABCD 11. ACD
12. A 13. ABC 14. BC 15. AC
二十二、虚拟语气

虚拟语气表示说的话不是事实，或者是不可能发生的情况，而是一种愿望、建议或与事实相反的假设等。一般常用于正式的书面语中：
一、 虚拟语气在条件句中的用法
1． 表示与现在事实相反，谓语动词的主要形式如下：
条 件 从 句
主 句
动词过去式（be的过去式一般用were）
would (should, could, might)＋动词原形
1) If I were you, I shouldn’t do that.
2) We would go with you if we had time.
3) We could ask him if he were here.
4) If I knew his telephone number, I would ring him up.
2． 表示与过去事实相反，谓语动词的主要形式如下：
条 件 从 句
主 句
had ＋过去分词
would (should, could, might)
＋have＋过去分词
1) If he had seen you yesterday, he would have asked you about it.
2) If you had come earlier, you would (might) have met him.
3) I should (would) have called you if I had known your telephone number.
3．表示与将来事实可能相反，谓语动词的主要形式如下：
条 件 从 句
主 句
动词过去式或should ＋ 动词原形
或were to ＋ 动词原形
would (should, could, might)＋动词原形
1) If it should rain, the crops would be saved.
2) If it were to snow tomorrow, they would not go out.
※ 在实际运用中，主句中的谓语和条件从句中的谓语动词所发生的时间往往不一致，这时应作相应的调整：
1) If he had followed the doctor’s advice, he would be all right now.
2) If it should be fine tomorrow, we should have bought the ticket yesterday.
※ 有时条件从句可用介词短语或分词短语所替代，如：
1） Without our Party, we could not live a happy life.
2） The boy would have died but for the doctor.
3） Given more time, I could have finished the work remarkably.
※ 虚拟条件句往往可以省略if, 采取将had, should, were提到句首的倒装句式表达。如：
1) If he were here, he would help you. >>> Were he here, he would help you.
2) If you had asked him for it, he would have given it to you. >>> Had you asked him for it, he would have given it to you.
3) If you should go there tomorrow, you could have a good time. >>> Should you go there tomorrow, you could have a good time.
二、一些“should ＋ 动词原形”虚拟语气的用法
1． 在动词suggest, order, demand, propose (建议), prefer, request, urge (力劝、竭力主张), desire (愿望), insist, decide, require, advise, command (命令、指挥), arrange等后面的宾语从句中，一般用 “should ＋ 动词原形”（should往往可以省略）。如：
1) I suggest that we (should) hold a meeting tonight.
2) He ordered that all (should) take part in the work.
3) They insisted that we (should) begin the work at once.
※ 当insist作“坚持（认为）、坚持（应该）”解时才用虚拟语气，而作“力言、强调”解时不用虚拟语气；当suggest作“建议”解时才用虚拟语气，而作“暗示、表明” 解时不用虚拟语气。这两个动词比较特殊。试比较：
Mike insisted that we (should) go with him.
Mike insisted that he had never stolen the bike.
He suggested that we (should) have another try.
His smiling face suggested that he was satisfied with my answer.
2．在名词suggestion, order, proposal, plan, desire, request, decision, idea, advice等之后接表语从句或同位语从句时，也应该用“should ＋ 动词原形”。如：
1) The decision that we should build another new school made us very happy.
2) My suggestion is that we should go outing next Sunday.
4． 在It is suggested, ordered, decided, proposed, requested等的被动语态句式后所接的主语从句中，谓语同样用“should ＋ 动词原形”。
1) It is ordered that we should started out before eight o’clock tomorrow morning.
2) It is suggested that we should delay the sports meet.
5． 在It’s a pity, a shame, no wonder (不足为奇), strange, surprising, natural, remarkable, important, necessary, anxious等之后所接的从句中谓语动词通常用“should ＋ 动词原形”。
1) It’s a shame (a pity, no wonder) that you should be so careless.
2) It’s necessary ( important, natural …) that we should clean the room every day.
3) I’m anxious that he should come here tomorrow.
这里的should 意为“应该”，“竟然”，指说话人对事实表示出惊奇的感情，可以省略。但不可换用would。
※ 若不表示惊奇的感情，that从句也可用陈述语气。
1) It is strange that he did not come yesterday.
2) It is a pity that you can’t swim.
6． 在for fear that (以免), lest (以免;惟恐)，等所引导的状语从句中常用“should ＋ 动词原形”。
You’d get up early tomorrow morning lest / for fear that you should miss the early bus.
三、虚拟语气的一些其它用法
1. “wish ＋宾语从句”表示不能实现的愿望，汉语可译为“可惜…”，“…就好了”，
“悔不该…”,“但愿…”等。
it were spring all the year round.
I could visit the United States next year.
I wish that you had arrived there two hours earlier.
I was/were studying in Beijing University now.
I had already finished middle school.
2. 在It is (high) time (that) …句型中，定语从句的谓语动词用过去式，或“should ＋ 动词原形”（should不能省略， be用 were）
It’s time (that) I went to school.
It’s time (that) I should go to school.
3. 在would rather/sooner/as soon (that) 从句中应用虚拟语气。
I would rather (that) Comrade Zhang helped me with my English.
4. 虚拟语气在as if (as though), even if (even though) 等引导的表语从句或状语从句中的应用。
1) He looks as if he were an artist.
2) She treats him as if he were her husband.
3) Even if he were here, he couldn’t solve the problem.
5. 虚拟语气用在if only 所构成的感叹句中表示一种遗憾。
1) If only I had taken his advice! (要是我听他的话就好了。)
2) If only I were a bird! (我要是一只小鸟就好了。)
6. 用“may ＋动词原形”表示“祝愿”，“但愿”。
May you be happy. May you succeed.
7. 情态动词的过去时用于现在时态，表示说话人谦虚、客气、有礼貌或语气委婉，常出现在日常会话中。
1) It would be better for you not to stay up too late.
2) Would you be kind enough to open the door?
3) Would you like a cup of coffee?
4) You had better go now.
巩固练习
1. The teacher demanded that the exam __________ before eleven.
A. must finish B. would be finished C. be finished D. must be finished
2. She made the demand that she __________ at once.
A. leave B . leaves C. left D. to be left
3. He is talking so much about America as if he __________ there.
A. had been B. has been C. was D. been
4. Mother insisted that the child’s hands __________ before dinner.
A. should wash B. be washed C. would wash D. had washed
5. The young man insisted that he __________ nothing wrong and __________ free.
A. did; set B. had done; should be set C. do; be set D. had done; must be set
6. Mother suggested that I __________ my homework first before watching TV.
A. did B. do C. shall do D. have done
7. My suggestion was that the meeting __________ off till next week.
A. to put B. be put C. should put D. be putting
8. The suggestion has been made __________ the basketball game __________ put off.
A. for; to B. that; be C. which; should be D. to; being
9. The commander ordered that the wounded __________ to hospital right away.
A. to be sent B. be sent C. send D. should send
10. The order came that the medical supplies __________ to the village without delay.
A. would be sent B. should send C. be sent D. must be sent
11. They requested that he __________ on the radio.
A. spoke B. speaks C. speak D. would speak
12. It is important that we __________ wild animals.
A. will protect B. should protect C. shall protect D. are protecting
13. It is necessary that the problem __________ at once.
A. solves B. should solve C. should be solved D. will be solved
14. It is strange that he __________ interest in much of his research.
A. should have lost B. would lose C. had lost D. will lost
15. Had you listened to the doctor, you __________ all right now.
A. are B. were C. would be D. would have been
16. __________ I be free tomorrow, I could go with you.
A. Could B. Should C. Might D. Must
17. __________ to do the work, I should do it some other way.
A. If were I B. I were C. Were I D. Was I
18. __________ today, he would get there by Friday.
A. Would he leave B. Was he leaving C. Were he to leave D. If he leaves
19. __________ your letter, I would have written back two days ago.
A. If I received B. Should I received C. Had I received D. If I have received
20. If it were not for the fact that you __________ ill, I would ask you to do this right now.
A. were B. had been C. care D. be
21. Should it rain, the crops __________.
A. would be saved B. would have been saved C. will be saved D. had been saved
22. You __________ earlier. The bus left a moment ago.
A. would come B. should have come C. may come D. have come
23. He treated me as though __________ his own son.
A. I am B. I would be C. I was D. I were
24. He smiled as if he __________ my thought.
A. read B. was reading C. had read D. has read
25. I __________ you some money, but I hadn’t any on me then.
A. would lend B. would have lent C. could lend D. may have lent
26. A few minutes earlier and we __________ the train.
A. have caught B. had caught C. could have caught D. were to caught
27. — Have you even been to Beijing? — No, but I wish I __________.
A. have B. will C. do D. had
28. Where is Mr. Smith? I wish I __________ him at once.
A. can find B. will find C. could find D. could have found
29. I’m glad I went over all my notes, otherwise __________.
A. I may have failed B. I’d fail C. I’d have failed D. I’ll have failed
30. It’s time we __________ to bed.
A. must go B. will go C. went D. have gone
31. If I __________ you, I would try again.
A. am B. was C. were D. be
32. If only I __________ as young as you are!
A. being B. am C. be D. were
33. You __________ such a serious mistake if you had followed his advice.
A. may not make B. might have not made
C. shouldn’t have made D. might not have made
1—10. CAABB BBBBC 11—20. CBCAC BCCCC 21—30. ABDCB CDCCC 31—33. CDD
英语语法分类练习
I名词和冠词
1. Beyond ________ stars, the astronaut saw nothing but ________ space.
A. the; X B. X; X C. X; the D. the; the
2. Alexander Graham Bell invented ________telephone in 1876.
A. X B. a C. the D. one
3. ________terrible weather we’re having these days!
A. How a B. What a C. How D. What
4. — Where’s Jack?
— I think he’s still in ________ bed, but he might just be in ________bathroom.
A. X; X B. the; the C. the; X D. X; the
5. We have worked out the plan and now we must put it into ________.
A. fact B. reality C. practice D. deed
6. Many people are still in ________ habit of writing silly things in ________public places.
A. the; the B. X; X C. the; X D. X; the
7. He dropped the ________and broke it.
A. cup of coffee B. coffee’s cup C. cup for coffee D. coffee cup
8. — How did the boss pay you?
— As a rule, we were paid ________.
A. by the hour B. by hour C. by an hour D. by hours
9. I am very obliged to him, for he has done me________.
A. many kindness B. lots of kindness C. many kindnesses D. much kindness
10. — Could you leave me your dictionary?
— Certainly, but it isn’t really________.
A. of much use B. of great useful C. much useful D. for much use
11. ________is needed badly in the stricken areas.
A. A lot of clothes B. Many a cloth C. Much clothing D. Plenty of clothes
12. Last year the old woman fired two ________in her house.
A. woman servant’s B. women servant C. woman servant D. women servants
13. ________are sold in Wuhan Commercial Market.
A. Men’s and children’s shoes B. Men and children shoes
C. Man and child’s shoes D. Men’s and child’s shoes
14. They are such diligent ________that they have already made ________.
A. students; so much progress B. student; great progresses
C. students; such much progress D. students; so great progress
15. Like ________of the period, he didn’t see any jet plane.
A. another Chinese B. some Germen C. many Japaneses D. other Indians
16. The house with many guests in it was suddenly________.
A. in fire B. on a fire C. on fire D. in a fire
17. Mr. Smith gave us ________how to learn English well.
A. a good advice on B. some good advice on
C. two good advice4 on D. some piece of good advice on
18. I’m full now, would you like ________ bread?
A. one more B . some more C. any more D. another piece
19. Scientists are trying to find ________ that they can prevent pollution.
A. mean B. means C. ways D. method
20. He didn’t know if there was ________on the line but there was something heavy.
A. fish B. a fish C. fishs D. fishes
21. Would you fetch me ________ here?
A. 3 chalks B. 3 box of chalk C. 3 pieces of chalks D. 3 boxes of chalk
22. The workers can complete our new library in ________.
A. 2 and half a month B. 2 months and half
C. 2 and a half months D. 2 monthes and a half
23. This painting ________has interested many visitors.
A. in water colors B. with water color C. in water color D. by water colors
24. Can you show me the ________taken by those ________students?
A. photos; boy B. photoes; boy C. photos; boys D. photoes; boys
25. He bought ________eggs for four yuan.
A. 2 dozen B. 2 dozens C. 2 dozen of D. 2 dozens of
26. ________ in the forest like to eat ________certain kind of wild rose.
A. Deer; the B. Deer; a C. Deers; some D. Deers; a
27. He is worried about tomorrow’s driving test, would you please have ________ with him?
A. words B. a word C. talk D. talks
28. There is a bottle of ________in the hand of the ________teacher.
A. chemical; chemical B. chemistry; chemistry
C. chemicals; chemistry D. chemicals; chemist
29. It’s good ________to wait in line.
A. habit B. way C. manner D. manners
30. If you want to reduce your weight, you’d better take ________.
A. rest B. the advices C. more exercise D. morning exercise
31. In 1980 Mr. Li was made ________ of our school.
A. headmaster B. a headmaster C. the headmaster D. of headmaster
32. He wants three ________at the same time.
A. cups of coffee B. cup of coffee C. coffee D. cups of coffees
33. You can’t fill up the form in ________.
A. the pencil B. a pencil c. pencils D. pencil
34. ________she has got!
A. What good knowledge of English B. What good a knowledge of English
C. How good knowledge of English D. How good a knowledge of English
35. Mr. Stock well runs ________small business, who is in Mexico on ________.
A. a; business B. X; business C. a; the business D. X; businesses
36. The old farmer raises a lot of ________on his farm.
A. cows and sheeps B. cows and sheep C. cow and sheeps D. cow and sheep
37. She broke a ________while she was washing up.
A. glass wine B. wine glass C. glass of wine D. glass of the wine
38. Three years is the ________to a soldier in our country.
A. usual service lengths B. usual length of service
C. lengthy service usually D. service of lengths usually
39. — What did Tom do?
— He turned on ________.
A. television B. the television C. a television D. televisions
40. He had the boy finish writing ________article last night.
A. a 800-words B. a 800-word C. an 800-words D. an 800-word
41. The grammar of ________Chinese language is quite different from that of ________Japanese.
A. X; X B. the; X C. the; the D. X; the
42. ________ducks I bought last Sunday have all died from eating ________worms in the fields.
A. The; the B. X; the C. The; X D. X; X
43. She is in ________hospital and will have ________operation ________next Friday.
A. a; X; X B. the; an; the C. X; an; X D. a; X; the
44. No wonder________more people go to ________evening, ________better it will be.
A. the; X; the B. the; the; the C. X; an; X D. X; X; X
45. The two ________bought ________before moving into the new house.
A. Germans; several pieces of furniture B. Germen; a few pieces of furniture
C. Germans; some furniture D. Germen; just two furniture
46. ________is red. This is ________.
A. Her; her sister-in-law B. Her; sister-in-law’s
C. Hers; her sister-in-law’s D. her’s; her sister’s-in-law
47. It is said that they will get in ________good harvest this year.
A. the B. a C. very D. X
48. I ordered________book some time ago. ________book has arrived now.
A. the; A B. a; The C. a; A D. X; The
49. ________Chinese managed to keep the method________secret.
A. The; a B. The; the C. X; a D. X; the
50. It’s ________ most interesting story. But it isn’t ________most interesting one.
A. the; the B; a; the C. the; a D. X; the
51. There is ________ “m” in the word “mother”.
A. a B. an C. the D. X
52. They got to the island________.
A. in a boat B. by a ship C. by the air D. by the way
53. ________dinner is on the table now. They will have ________good dinner.
A. The; the B. The; a C. A; the D. A; a
54. She took her daughter by ________hand.
A. her B. a C. both D. the
55. The old man entered the yard, ________.
A. stick in hand B. a stick in the hand C. stick in his hand D. with a stick in hand
56. He is going to make ________with that girl.
A. the friend B. a friend C. friends D. the friends
57. ________brothers are two honest shoe-makers.
A. Smith B. The Smith C. The Smiths D. That Smith
58. When we were ________, we often wrote compositions________.
A. at school; in class B. in school; in the class C. at schools; in class D. in school; in classes
59. He has poor eyesight. so the teacher asked him to sit in ________the room.
A. front of B. the front of C. first row of D. the row one of
60. ________Atlantic is ________second largest ocean in the world.
A. X; the B. The; X C. X; a D. The; the
1—10. ACDDC CDACA 11—20. CDAAD CBBCB 21—30. DCAAA BBCDC 31—40. AADDA BBBBD 41—50. BACBA CBBAB 51—60. BABDA CBABD
II代词和数词
1. — Is ________ here?
— No, Bob and Tim have asked for leave.
A. anybody B. everybody C. somebody D. nobody
2. Mr. Zhang gave the textbooks to all the pupils except ________who had already taken them.
A. the ones B. ones C. some D. the others
3. We couldn’t eat in a restaurant because ________of us had ________money on us.
A. all; no B. any; no C. none; any D. no one; any
4. His camera is more expensive than________.
A. hers B. her C. it D. its
5. Two ________died of cold last winter.
A. hundreds old people B. hundred old people
C. hundreds old peoples D. hundred old peoples
6. Shortly after the accident, two ________ police were sent to the spot to keep the order.
A. dozen of B. dozens C. dozen D. dozens of
7. The hero of the story is an artist in his ________.
A. thirtieth B. thirty C. thirty’s D. thirties
8. He lent me two books, but ________of them are too difficult for me.
A. all B. both C. neither D. none
9. ________of the classrooms can seat 60 students.
A. Every B. Each C. Everyone D. Anyone
10. Only ________ of them are pleased with the result.
A. a few B. few C. little D. a little
11. John and Jack have gone to the meeting, but ________students in the class are still in the classroom.
A. other B. others C. the other D. the others
12. There are many apples on the table; Mary took one and Jane ________.
A. the other B. an other one C. the other one D. another
13. ________of them were in good health, but both insisted on being given more work.
A. Neither B. None C. Either D. Each
14. I found ________ pleasant to walk through the woods.
A. us B. it C. that D. ourselves
15. I left my umbrella in the room and took ________by mistake.
A. his B. her C. it D. my own
16. My shoes are worn out. I’ll have to buy________.
A. a new one B. some new ones C. some new D. a new pair
17. You’ll have to borrow ________dictionary. I’m suing ________.
A. somebody else’s; my B. somebody’s; my
C. somebody else’s; mine D. somebody’s; mine
18. — How many birds do you see in the tree?
— ________.
A. None B. no one C. No many D. Not many ones
19. The population of the USA is larger than ________of Canada.
A. those B. that C. the one D. X
20. The house ________ is all right. Only the furniture is too old.
A. itself B. of itself C. by itself D. of its own
21. Would you like ________more bread?
A. some B. any C. other D. another
22. — Where are my glasses?
— I haven’t found ________.
A. it B. them C. they D. those
23. ________comes will be welcome.
A. He B. Who C. Whoever D. No matter who
24. ________people try to improve their English at home with books or tapes; ________use radios or TV programs; ________go to evening classes.
A. Some; some; others B. Many; others; others C. Some; some; some D. Many; some; others
25. Sit down and make ________at home.
A. you B. him C. it D. yourself
26. ________is good ________you to think like that.
A. it; for B. It; of C. That; of D. This; for
27. Someone turned the light off, ________?
A. did he B. didn’t she C. did they D. didn’t they
28. Such a girl as ________should not be looked down upon.
A. hers B. she C. her D. herself
29. ________do you think is the best student in your class?
A. Who B. Whom C. Of whom D. Why
30. I went to see a friend yesterday________ lent me this book.
A. who B. and who C. that he D. and he
31. He had a bad cold. ________why he didn’t come.
A. It’s B. That’s C. This is d. So
32. He knows ________about the computer, but he doesn’t know exactly ________it costs.
A. a little; what B. a little; how many C. little; how much D. little; the money
33. — Do you want this notebook?
— Yes, I want ________.
A. one B. so C. it D. very much
34. Don’t tell ________. it is strictly between you and ________.
A. someone else; me B. anyone; them C. anyone else; me D. them; we
35. ________ being elected President came ________a surprise to us.
A. He; to B. Him; like C. His; like D. His; as
36. Miss Pack asked us to finish the exercises in time and ________.
A. we did so B. so we did C. so did we D. we did
37. There is a knock at the door. You go to answer. You ask “________”
A. Who is it B. Who are you C. What’s your name D. the same to you
38. — I’m glad to meet you.
— ________.
A. Thank you B. All the same C. Me, too D. The same to you
39. He doesn’t live in the school; he has a house of ________.
A. his B. himself C. his own D. his own one
40. Is the book ________you are looking for?
A. that B. which C. the one D. X
41. “One must do ________duty.” mean “Everyone must do ________duty.”
A. one’s; his B. his; his C. his; one’s D. one’s; one’s
42. The shoes are two sizes too big. Will you please show me ________?
A. other pair B. other shoe C. another pair D. the other one
43. ________doesn’t matter much ________dress you are going to wear.
A. This; which B. It; which C. that; what D. It; who
44. They talked about the things and the people ________they saw on the way to the station.
A. who B. that C. all D. whom
45. The cover of the book is red, ________anybody can see.
A. as B. it C. that D. what
46. He has two pencils, ________was given by his brother as a birthday gift.
A. the longer one B. one of them C. the longest D. The longer of which
47. From the news program on TV we can learn ________is going on in the world.
A. that B. all what C. what D. which
48. ________broke out in 1914.
A. First World War B. The First World War C. The World War One D. One World War
49. We have produced ________steel this year as we did in 1978.
A. twice as much B. twice as many C. as twice many D. as twice much
50. Some ________houses were washed away by floods.
A. thousands B. thousand C. thousands of D. thousand of
51. About ________of the fields in the country were floods.
A. two third B. two thirds C. two of thirds D. second-third
52. The Communist Party of China was founded on ________.
A. July, 1, 1921 B. 1921, July 1 C. 1921,7,1 D. July 1, 1921
53. His work is better than ________.
A. anyone B. anyone else C. anyone else’s D. anyone’s else
54. — Have the people got the money now?
— Yes, the police gave________.
A. them to them B. it to it C. it to them D. them to it
55. He has bought several ________.
A. 20-cent stamps B. 20-cents-stamp C. 20-cents stamp D. 20-cnets stamps
56. ________, great changes have taken place in Wuhan.
A. In the 1990 B. In the 1990’s C. In 1990 D., In 1990’s
57. After cutting the apple________, he found ________ of it was rotten.
A. in half; half B. into halves; a half C. in half; a half D. into 2 halves; a half
58. The computer has ordered ________cars this year.
A. more two B. two more C. two others D. the others two
59. At that time he was just a ________.
A. boy of 16 B. 16 year old boy C. 16 years old boy D. 16-years-old boy
60. ________were at the top of the mountain, we had a good time.
A. Three of mine brothers B. Three of us brother
C. The \three of our brother D. The three of us brothers
1—10. BACAB CDBBA 11—20. CDABA DCABA 21—30. ABCAD BDBAD 31—40. BACCD AACCC 41—50. ACBBA DCBAC 51—60. BDCCA BABAD
III形容词和副词
1. Tony is going camping with ________boys.
A. little two other B. two little other C. two other little D. little other two
2. — Mum, I think I’m ________to get back to school.
— Not really, my dear, you’d better stay at home for another day or two.
A. so well B. so good C. well enough D. good enough
3. — Shall I sit at this end of the boat or the other end?
— If you keep still, you can sit at ________end.
A. neither B. each C. either D. any
4. It is impossible for so ________people to do so________work in a single day.
A. few; much B. few; many C. little; much D. little; many
5. After the new technique was introduced, the factory produced ________tractors in 1988 as the year before.
A. as twice many B. as many C. twice as many D. twice many as
6. Which is ________country, Canada or Australia?
A. a large B. larger C. a larger D. the larger
7. — Will you take this dictionary to Mr. Anderson, please?
— Sorry, I can’t, he________.
A. doesn’t any more study here B. doesn’t any longer there study
C. doesn’t study any more there D. doesn’t study there any longer
8. — I have to pay 100 dollars for this toy car.
— It’s probably________.
A. worthy them B. worthy it C. worth them D. worth it
9. The color TV set in the Yellow Crane Commercial Building will be ________, but ________.
A. cheaper; not as good B. cheaper; not as better
C. more cheap; not as better D. more cheap; not as good
10. Her voice sounds________.
A. sweetly B. sweet C. to be sweetly D. to be sweet
11. May I have ________more water-melons (西瓜)?
A. any B. every C. some D. each
12. He is not planning to go________.
A. anywhere B. somewhere C. nowhere D. everywhere
13. I don’t like this ink, I like ________ink.
A. some others B. another C. an other D. some other
14. The work pleased the old man; this work________.
A. pleased B. was pleased C. pleasing D. was pleasing
15. Eating an apple a day is considered ________to health.
A. use B. usely C. useful D. useless
16. Do you know the name of that________?
A. funny, little, red mosquito-like insect B. little, funny, mosquito-like insect
C. red, little, funny, mosquito-like insect D. little, mosquito-like, funny, red insect.
17. We can finish our lecture________quickly if you keep quiet for a few minutes.
A. fairly B. well C. too D. soon
18. — Let’s go to the seashore this morning.
— We are planning to; in fact we have the picnic basket packed ________.
A. however B. still C. yet D. already
19. She is ________too old to travel long.
A. quite B. very C. far D. many
20. — I wish Mubble would drive us to the airport.
— He has ________to take us all.
A. too small a car B. very small a car C. a too small car D. such small a car
21. Piddy’s plan was ________.
A. so good as, if no better than ours B. as good as, if not better than ours
C. as good like, if no better than our’s D. as well as, if not better than ours
22. The more we looked at the mountain, ________.
A. the less we liked it B. we like it less
C. better we like it D. it looked better
23. Who lives ________here?
A. farthest away B. furthest away C. the farthest from D. the further away
24. — How was the party?
— Fine except that we arrived________.
A. terribly late B. terribly lately C. terrible late D. terrible lately
25. — How about Joe Hill?
— He arrived home ________and sound.
A. safe B. safely C. with safety D. in safe
26. — What do you think of that job, Tonny?
— We feel ________that the job shouldn’t have been done so carelessly.
A. strong B. strongly C. being strong D. to be strong
27. Because she was late again for school, the teacher became________.
A. very angrily B. much angry C. very angry D. much angrily
28. Can you give me ________change for this ten-dollar note?
A. little B. short C. small D. tiny
29. Jane swims ________than I, but she doesn’t swim ________my sister.
A. better; as well as B. better; better C. as well as; better D. better; than
30. They went by train ________Beijing, and there took ship ________France.
A. so far as; for B. as far as; to C. to; so far as D. for; as far as
31. The food tastes ________and sells well.
A. nice B. well C. salt D. much better
32. The result proved________.
A. correct B. that his words right C. being correct D. what he said is right
33. The ________ spider lives in the hot, thick rain forests of South America.
A. bird-eaten B. eaten-bird C. bird-eating D. eating-bird
34. He thought the Englishman was ________that American.
A. so clever as B. less clever than C. as cleverer as D. more cleverer than
35. I’d like him to go and see ________the coat would be ready.
A. how soon B. how long C. whether D. that
36. Speak________, please, I can’t hear you.
A. loudly B. louder C. alouder D. more loudly
37. It is certain that he has ________heart trouble.
A. little B. no C. not D. big
38. In the sports meet he jumped ________, so he was ________spoken of.
A. highly; high B. the higher; highly
C. highest; highly D. more highly; very high
39. He is not good at French, ________ good at German.
A. he is B. nor does he C. neither he is D. neither is he
40. Look out! Here________.
A. comes the bus B. is the bus coming C. the bus comes D. the bus is coming
41. Your coat is wet. Why not take ________?
A. off it B. it off C. it down D. out it
42. This hall is ________that room.
A. twice big than B. twice as bigger as C. not big as D. twice as big as
43. You’d better keep your mouth ________ and your eyes________.
A. close; open B. closed; open C. closed; opened D. close; opened
44. Ella was a ________shy girl but her classmates seldom thought of her as shy.
A. quite B. rather C. too D. so
45. The little boy was ________frightened ________move.
A. both; and B. too; to C. either; or D. not; until
46. The children were ________excited to see ________many strange things in the museum.
A. very; that B. much; so C. too; such D. too; so
47. ________meeting will begin is still unknown.
A. If the B. That the C. When the D. The
48. Only when air moves________.
A. it can be felt B. can we feel it C. can it feel D. we can feel it
49. The college students insisted on being sent to work ________they were most needed ________they graduated.
A. where; when B. if; unless C. because; while D. though; as
50. — ________do you go to see your grandfather?
— Twice a month.
A. How soon B. How long C. How often D. What time
51. The girl wore a coat ________long for her.
A. too much B. much too C. very much D. a bit of
52. Tom’s mother lay________, so Tom sat________.
A. ill, silence B. sick; silent C. with illness; still D. sickly; worried
53. He was ________ kind ________show me the way to the stadium.
A. enough; to B. so; that C. very; in order to D. so; as to
54. It’s________ nine o’clock. You are ________at breakfast!
A. yet; still B. still; already C. already; yet D. already; still
55. He was so deeply moved by his words that he couldn’t fall ________deep into the night.
A. sleep B. asleep C. sleeping D. sleepy
56. I hardly ever hear him sing ________song.
A. any B. many C. such D. latest
57. She was half an hour ________for the class.
A. late B. later C. latter D. latest
58. Mr. Scott is ________respected by his students.
A. very B. extreme C. rather D. much
59. I think ________to learn English from early childhood.
A. it best B. it is the best C. it the best D. it will be best
60. I can’t remember where I put the pen, it is ________to be found.
A. nowhere B. somewhere c. anywhere D. however
1—10. CCCAC DDDAB 11—20. CADDC AADCA 21—30. BACAA BCCAB 31—40. AACBA BBCDA 41—50. BDBBB DCBAC 51—60. BBDDB AADAA
IV时态
1. My dictionary________, I have looked for it everywhere but still ________it.
A. has lost; don’t find B. is missing; don’t find
C. has lost; haven’t found D. is missing; haven’t found
2. We were all surprised when he made it clear that he ________office soon.
A. leaves B. would leave C. left D. had left
3. — We could have walked to the station; it was so near.
— Yes, a taxi ________at all necessary.
A. wasn’t B. hadn’t been C. wouldn’t be D. won’t be
4. If city noises ________from increasing, people ________shout to be heard even at the dinner table 20 years from now.
A. are not kept; will have to B. are not kept; have to
C. do not keep; will have to D. do not keep; have to
5. Tom ________into the house when no one________.
A. slipped; was looking B. had slipped; looked C. slipped; had looked D. was slipping; looked
6. The students________ busily when Miss Brown went to get a book she ________ in the office.
A. had written; left B. were writing; has left
C. had written; had left D. were writing; had left
7. We are proud of the achievements we ________since liberation.
A. made B. have made C. make D. will make
8. He says he ________ the book several times in the past few years.
A. has read B. had read C. read D. reads
9. The egg must be bad. It ________off a terrible smell.
A. was giving B. gave C. is giving D. is given
10. The telephone ________for two minutes before it was answered.
A. has rung B. has been ringing C. had been ringing D. rings
11. I ________to Beijing only once before.
A. went B. have gone C. have been D. was
12. — When are you going to meet him?
— As soon as I ________my dinner.
A. will finish B. finish C. am going to finish D. finishes
13. By the end of last week we ________the task ahead of time.
A. completed B. have completed C. was completing D. had completed
14. This time tomorrow I ________to Shanghai.
A. will fly B. would fly C. am going to fly D. will be flying
15. I can’t go swimming because I ________my leg.
A. broke B. had broken C. have broken D. have been broken
16. I’m sorry but I ________that you ________a diary.
A. don’t notice; are writing B. don’t notice; have writing
C. didn’t notice; wrote D. didn’t notice; were writing
17. I didn’t know you ________your raincoat here when you ________to see me the other day.
A. had left; had come B. had left; came C. left; came D. left; were coming
18. ________ be careful when ________your homework.
A. Do; doing B. Do; do C. To; doing D. To; do
19. — Are you going to the meeting?
— No, the meeting ________until next Monday.
A. will be put off B. has been put off C. will put off D. has put off
20. He insisted that he ________ in good health.
A. was B. be C. is D. was being
21. If the doctor ________an hour earlier, the boy would have been saved.
A. came B. could come C. should come D. had come
22. — What do you think ________to her?
— She must have lost the ticket.
A. happened B. had happened C. will happen D. happens
23. Don’t be angry, ________you?
A. will B. won’t C. do D. don’t
24. I don’t know where he is. I might know now where he ________ had I arrived here a little earlier.
A. was B. is C. should be D. must be
25. He wrote to me ________that he ________ to see me in July.
A. said; would come B. said; will come C. saying; would come D. saying; will come
26. I’ll write to you as soon as I ________.
A. arrive B. will arrive C. am going to arrive D. am arriving
27. No sooner ________down ________the doorbell rang.
A. had I sat; when B. did I sat; than C. I had sat; before D. had I sat; than
28. ________this Street and you ________there.
A. Followed; will get B. Following; get C. Follow; will get D. Follow; get
29. If she doesn’t visit the doctor, ________.
A. neither will he B. neither won’t he C. nor does he D. nor doesn’t he
30. No one ________out the cause of the trouble in the machines until yesterday.
A. has found B. was finding C. had found D. would find
31. I won’t believe you until I ________you sing the song with my own eyes.
A. heard B. will hear C. have heard D. had heard
32. I ________ a cold for several days. can you help me get rid of it?
A. have B. have had C. had had D. am having
33. He ________. The painting will be finished soon.
A. has painted B. painted C. was painting D. has been painting
34. She said that he ________ to Chengdu.
A. has never been B. had never been C. will go D. would send
35. Look! The boy you ________in the park the other day ________towards us.
A. met; is running B. had worked C. meet; will run D. has met; runs
36. You must be very tired; you ________for quite a long time.
A. worked B. had worked C. has worked D. are working
37. — Have they started building a house for you?
— Yes, it ________now.
A. is building B. has build C. has started D. is being built
38. May fifth is my birthday. I ________a small party.
A. will plan B. am to plan C. planned D. am planning
39. Tom ________that most of the guests________ when he arrived at the party.
A. disappointed; had left B. had been disappointed; left
C. was disappointed; had left D. had disappointed; left
40. He must have washed the shirt, ________he?
A. didn’t B. haven’t C. mustn’t D. can
41. I don’t know when he ________, but when he ________I shall let you know.
A. comes; will come B. will come; comes C. comes; comes D. will come; came
42. I ________to the seaside until I went to Hainan.
A. would never go B. have never been C. did never go D. had never been
43. You’d be sorry if you ________an accident on the journey.
A. have B. had C. had had D. would have
44. Can you see the sign over there, which ________: “Keep off the grass”
A. reads B. is read C. reading D. has read
45. When I ________down the street the other day, I happened to notice a leather wallet lying on the ground.
A. walking B. was walking C. walked D. was to walk
46. At this time tomorrow Grandpa________ at the table with us.
A. sit B. sits C. is sitting D. will be sitting
47. What happened when they ________TV？
A. watched B. will watch C. are watching D. were watching
48. Look Out! ________the dog.
A. Out rushes B. Out rushed C. Out is rushing D. Rushed out
49. I want to try on the coat you bought yesterday, where ________?
A. was it B. is it C. has it been D. did you put
50. He is now in America. It ________3 years since he ________Wuhan.
A. is; left B. is; has been away from C. was; had left D. has been; has left
51. ________when it began to rain.
A. Hardly did he arrive B. Hardly he had arrived
C. Hardly he arrived D. Hardly had he arrived
52. ________as if he had been ill for a long time.
A. He seemed B. He looked C. It looked D. It seems
53. He ________to go into hospital if his illness gets worse.
A. had B. must have C. will have D. has
54. The teacher said the Yellow River ________the second longest river in China.
A. is B. was C. will be D. has been
55. Somebody ________my pen, for it ________on my desk.
A. must take; isn’t B. must have taken; isn’t
C. took; had been D. might have taken; wasn’t
56. Would you mind if I ________on the radio?
A. turn B. turned C. will turn D. should turn
57. She is happy ________the watch she lost.
A. to found B. to find C. to have found D. finding
58. I don’t think he ________able to pick out my friends in such a big crowd.
A. is B. can be C. will be D. should be
59. I happened________ when Miss Li came for a visit.
A. to read B. to have read
C. to be reading D. that I was reading a book
60. I’d rather you ________tomorrow.
A. come B. came C. will come D. would come
1—10. DBAAA DBACC 11—20.CBDDC DCABA 21—30. DAABC ADCAC 31—40. CBDBA CDDCA 41—50. BDBAB DDABA 51—60. DBCAB ACCCB
V主谓一致
1. All but one________ here just now.
A. is B. was C. has been D. were
2. Not only I but also Jane and Mary ________tired of having one examination after another.
A. is B. are C. am D. be
3. A library will five thousand books ________to the nation as a gift.
A. is offered B. has offered C. are offered D. have offered
4. When and where to build the new factory ________ yet.
A. is not decided B. are not decided C. has not decided D. have not decided
5. The trousers________ to me.
A. belong B. belongs C. is belonged D. are belonged
6. The bread and butter ________on the table.
A. is B. are C. were D. puts
7. His family ________always quarreling among ________.
A. is; itself B. are; themselves C. is; themselves D. are; itself
8. Some folk ________never ________with the present situation.
A. is; satisfying B. are; satisfied C. are; satisfying D. are; itself
9. There ________some fish ________in the boat.
A. is; lying B. are; laying C. is; laid D. are; lying
10. All possible means________.
A. has been tried B. have been tried C. is to be tried D. are trying
11. South of the village ________a large works.
A. is B. are C. stand D. is built
12. The first two problems are very difficult, ________easy.
A. and the rest is B. yet the rest are C. has been sold D. but the rest are
13. Every picture except these two ________.
A. has sold B. have sold C. has been sold D. have been sold
14. It is I who ________the dictionary to you.
A. has lent B. have lent C. is going to lend D. are going to lend
15. Mr. Green, along with his children, ________ to American.
A. go B. has gone C. are going D. have been gone
16. Pen and ink ________by the ballpen.
A. has replaced B. have replaced C. has been replace D. have been replaced
17. Either you or I ________able to attend the lecture.
A. is B. am C. has been D. are to be
18. The wounded ________after.
A. is well looked B. has been well looked
C. are good looked D. have been well looked
19. Neither Mary nor her brother ________the concert.
A. is going to B. are going to C. is allowed into D. are allowed to
20. One third of the population here ________ workers.
A. is B. are C. has D. be
21. I as well as they ________help you.
A. are ready to B. is ready for C. am ready for D. are ready for
22. A great number of students ________swimming.
A. is fond of B. are fond of C. will be fond of D. were fond of
23. Not his father, but his brothers ________in Wuhan.
A. has been B. have come C. lives D. live
24. Whether she’s coming or not ________ too much.
A. matter B. doesn’t matter C. don’t matter D. matters about
25. I wish she ________ here to share in my joy now.
A. is B. were C. had been D. can come
26. — Would you like some more oranges?
— No, thanks, I think there ________enough for me.
A. is B. are C. had been D. has been
27. The price of the two bikes ________low.
A. is B. are C. has D. have
28. The works of Lu Xun, of course, ________worth studying.
A. is B. are C. has D. have
29. Anybody who ________anything can see that this elephant is like a snake.
A. knew B. knows C. know D. has known
30. How to get those books ________to us.
A. is unknown B. are unknowns C. has unknown D. have unknown
31. The murderer has run away. The police ________ him.
A. is running after B. is looking for C. are running after D. is searching
32. The number of the college students ________every year.
A. rises B. rise C. raise D. are raised
33. I think he is the only one of those who ________for the position.
A. fit B. fits C. are fit D. is fit
34. She is one of the ________writers who ________stories for children.
A. woman; write B. women; write C. woman; writes D. women; writes
35. There ________a group of children ________loudly outside the room.
A. was; talking B. were; to talk C. was; to talk D. were; were talking
36. The professor and writer ________to give us a report.
A. is B. is about going C. are going D. have come
37. My maths ________all right. what ________me most is English.
A. are; worried B. seem; is worrying C. is; worries D. seems; worry
38. None of them ________a good dancer.
A. is B. are C. become D. were
39. ________ have an English-Chinese dictionary.
A. Each of us B. No one of us C. Every one of us D. We each
40. Nobody but Mary and I ________in the room at the time.
A. am B. was C. were D. had been
41. The news at six o’clock________ true.
A. is B. are C. sound D. is sounded
42. He said his family ________ all very well.
A. is B. are C. were D. will be
43. More than one person ________ in the accident.
A. were injured B. were hurt C. was injured D. was hurted
44. Singing and dancing ________ two of the things that he likes ________.
A. is; best B. are; best C. is; better D. are; better
45. Eighty dollars a month ________of his income.
A. is the price B. are the number C. is the total D. are the amount
46. Another 3 days ________necessary for you to go over the lessons
A. is B. are C. means D. seem
47. Somebody is waiting for you, ________?
A. is it B. isn’t there C. aren’t they D. is he
48. The Greens ________at the table and having ________ lunch.
A. is sitting; the B. are sitting; his C. is sitting; her D. are sitting; their
49. This pair of shoes ________you.
A. fit B. were for C. fits D. were bought for
50. What the revolutionaries ________doing ________ good to the working people.
A. is; are B. are; are C. was; is D. were; is
51. Five times four ________twenty.
A. is B. are C. make D. has
52. Half of the story ________interesting.
A. reads B. sound C. is D. are
53. Who ________the girl he ________just nodded to?
A. was; has B. is; have C. is; X D. are; had
54. No boy and no girl ________to smoke.
A. is allowed B. are allowed C. have D. are welcomed
55. A third of his time ________doing experiments.
A. is spent on B. are spent on C. are spent on D. is spent in
56. Between the two buildings ________ a big hotel.
A. stands B. stand C. laid D. lies
57. A woman, rather than those men, ________the design of the bridge.
A. are in charge of B. is in charge of C. are in charge D. is in the charge in
58. The house will fall down, few ________ in it.
A. is B. has been C. live D. lives
59. The Chinese people ________a brave and hardworking one.
A. is B. are C. are thought as D. is considered
60. Large quantities of food ________on the table at the time.
A. is B. are C. was laid D. were
1—10. DBAAA ABBDB 11—20. ADCBB CBDAB 21—30. CBDBB BABBA 31—40. CADBA ACADB 41—50. ACCBC ACDCD 51—60. ACCAD ABCBD
VI状语从句
1. — What was the party like?
— Wonderful, it’s years ________I enjoyed myself so much.
A. after B. when C. before D. since
2. When you read the book, you’d better make a mark ________you have any questions.
A. at which B. at where C. the place where D. where
3. I didn’t manage to do it ________you had explained how.
A. until B. unless C. when D. before
4. ________he comes, we won’t be able to go.
A. Without B. Unless C. Except D. Even
5. ________the day went on, the weather got worse.
A. With B. Since C. While D.As
6. It is ________fine weather that we decide to go for an hour.
A. such B. such a C. so D. so as
7. It is five years ________ he came to our school.
A. after B. before C. when D. since
8. Please stay at the station until ________.
A. he returned B. he will return C. he is returning D. he returns
9. ________there is a will, there is a way.
A. For B. As C. Since D. Where
10. ________I read, the more I understand.
A. The more B. So much C. How much D. Much more
11. He will send his children abroad for the summer ________ he ________ enough money.
A. if; has B. unless; has C. unless; had D. even if; had
12. ________you understand this rule, you will have no further difficulty.
A. So B. Unless C. Once D. Though
13. Jones has bought the book ________she can follow the TV lessons.
A. in order to B. in order that C. so as that D. such that
14. Please keep quiet ________others are talking.
A. as B. after C. that D. while
15. ________the clock struck half past eleven, all the students left the theatre.
A. When B. While C. As D. Though
16. You may leave the classroom when you ________writing.
A. will finish B. are finishing C. have finished D. had finished
17. ________had he gone to bed ________he fell asleep.
A. No sooner; when B. No sooner; than C. Hardly; than D. Hard; when
18. ________he said he wasn’t hungry, he ate the big breakfast.
A. Even B. Unless C. Since D. Although
19. ________to his home many times, but she still doesn’t remember the name of the street and the number of the house.
A. Having been B. Though he has been C. She has been D. Though he went
20. Tom is more clever ________ any other student in his class.
A. among B. of C. as D. than
21. No matter how hard he worked, ________.
A. he could not do any better B. and he could not do any better
C. so he could not do any better D. but he could not do any better
22. The Italian boy was regarded as a hero ________he gave his life for his country.
A. according to B. because of C. on account of D. because
23. He was about to leave my house ________it began to rain.
A. while B. as C. when D. since
24. Ten minutes earlier, ________we could have caught the last train.
A. or B. but C. and D. so
25. ________you do, try your best.
A. Whenever B. Wherever C. Whatever D. However
26. ________, he has been dead for two months.
A. Believe it or not B. If you believe it or not
C. Whether believe or not D. You believe it or not
27. ________there were no buses, they had to walk to the cinema.
A. While B. For C. Unless D. As
28. ________he is easy to get along with, I decide to share the room with him.
A. Now that B. Since that C. Because of D. For which
29. China has a larger population ________.
A. than that America B. as America C. than America D. than that of America
30. He succeeded in getting the gold medal ________.
A. as expecting B. than expected C. than expecting D. as expected
31. He talks ________he knew everything in the world.
A. because B. since C. as if D. so that
32. She no longer sang and danced ________she used to.
A. like B. as C. as though D. as if
33. The park reaches________ the airport.
A. so far as B. as far as C. so farther as D. as farther as
34. ________I know, the book is very useful to you.
A. So far as B. So far C. So long as D. So as
35. Stay ________you are and keep silent.
A. in which B. the place C. at which D. where
36. Do you mind________?
A. I sitting here for a while B. if I shall sit here for a while
C. if my sitting here for a while D. if I sit here for a while
37. Although he is considered a great writer, ________.
A. his works are not widely read B. but his works are not widely read
C. so his works are not widely read D. still his works are not widely read
38. ________, a group of soldiers was advancing towards the position of the enemy.
A. Because it was dangerous B. Unless it was dangerous
C. If it was dangerous D. Dangerous as it was
39. It wasn’t long ________he finished his speech.
A. that B. until C. as D. before
40. ________you have passed the test, you have no reason to be proud of yourself.
A. Even though B. As though C. Now that D. No matter how
41. Unless he ________the job on time next week, I can’t tell him when he ________another job.
A. finishes; is given B. will finish; will be given
C. will finish; will give D. finishes; will be given
42. — Will you help your mother with the housework?
— ________.
A. Only if I will B. Only that I may C. Only when I want D. Only if I may
43. We sat in the front row ________we could see it better.
A. for B. because C. so that D. now that
44. ________, so the trip to the Middle East has to be called off.
A. It has been raining for days B. As the bad weather
C. Because of the bad weather D. Because it has been raining for days
45. It was evening, ________she couldn’t feel her way home..
A. for B. since C. which D. while
46. Our professor found his glasses ________he had left them.
A. where B. that C. which D. X
47. Did the two girls look so much alike ________no one could tell them apart?
A. but B. as C. so that D. that
48. No matter ________hard it may be, we must carry it out.
A. whatever B. what C. how D. X
49. Soapy is not ________ as Susie.
A. good as a student B. as good student C. as a good student D. an as good student
50. The worker hung the portrait on the wall ________could be seen well.
A. where B. where it C. that it D. so that
51. It is not so important what you say ________.
A. but how do you say it B. as how you say it C. as how do you say it D. but how you say it
52. I usually watch television in the evening ________ I have to study for an examination.
A. unless B. if C. while D. when
53. — Is Mr. White at home?
— Of course, ________he has broken his leg, he must be in bed these days.
A. whether B. since C. if D. so
54. They are ________abroad as they were at home.
A. almost as happy B. almost happy as C. as happy almost D. as almost happy
55. You can have your turn ________the barber finishes cutting my hair.
A. the moment B. unless C. because D. until
56. However much ________, it will be worth it.
A. does the house cost B. costs the house C. the house will cost D. the house costs
57. Go out tonight ________it’s dark.
A. which B. what C. why D. while
58. They won’t care ________they see it.
A. what if B. as if C. even if D. so that
59. ________these are people, they find ________there is waste.
A. Where; that B. When; that C. What; X D. Whether; X
60. ________you work, ________progress you’ll make.
A. The hard; the greater B. Harder; greater
C. The harder; the greater D. Harder; the greater
1—10. DDABD ADDDA 11—20. ACBDA CBDCD 21—30. ADCCC ADACD 31—40. CBBAD DADDA 41—50. DDCAA ADCCB 51—60. BABAA DDCAC
VII名词从句
1. I remember ________this used to be a quiet village.
A. when B. how c. where D. what
2. ________he said at the meeting astonished everybody present.
A. What B. That C. The fact D. The matter
3. ________leaves the room last ought to turn off the lights.
A. Anyone B. The person C. Whoever D. Who
4. The photographs will show you ________.
A. what does our village look like B. what our village looks like
C. how does our village looks like D. how our village looks like
5. Can you make sure________ the gold ring?
A. where Alice had put B. where had Alice put C. where Alice has put D. where has Alice put
6. Please read ________you like.
A. whatever B. no matter what C. that all D. all what
7. Ask her ________come with us.
A. if she will B. if will she C. whether she D. whether will she
8. ________we need money is quite clear.
A. If B. What C. That D. X
9. ________the car can be used has not been known yet.
A. If B. What C. That D. Whether
10. ________will take part in this English speech contest will be announced over the radio.
A. Whoever B. Those C. Everyone D. Anyone
11. ________knows the secret will come here.
A. Whoever B. Those C. Everyone D. Anyone
12. ________he will give us a lecture.
A. We are told that B. It is told that C. We are told which D. It is told
13. ________happened ________ he was unfit for the office.
A. This; that B. That; that C. It; that D. He; that
14. ________still needs to be discussed.
A. How is the plan to be carried out B. How the plan is to be carried out
C. Why is the plan carried out D. When is the plan carried out
15. That’s ________the Party requires us to do.
A. that B. why C. how D. what
16. Energy is ________which makes things work.
A. what B. something C. anything D. everything
17. ________we can’t understand is ________he didn’t join us in our discussion.
A. That; why B. Which; how C. What; what D. What; why
18. The fact ________ he is a model teacher is well-known.
A. what B. which C. why D. that
19. I have no idea ________.
A. how fast does light travel B. how fast light travels
C. that fast does light travel D. that fast light travels
20. We were warned________ the experiment would be dangerous.
A. if B. whether C.how D. that
21. I wonder________ he made such a careless mistake.
A. how B. that C. what D. why
22. We all know ________he is getting along well with his studies.
A. that B. how C. what D. which
23. ________do you think will join us in the work?
A. Whom B. Who C. That D. How
24. I will give the book to________ wants to read it.
A. whoever B. whomever C. whom D. that
25. She often thinks of ________ she can do more for her motherland.
A. what B. how c. that D. which
26. We took ________ for granted that they would accept our advice.
A. that B. this C. it D. them
27. He came back to the classroom to see ________he ________anything in it.
A. that; had forgotten B. that; had left C. if; had left D. if; had forgotten
28. The teacher asked ________ his students.
A. what the matter was with B. which matter was with
C. what was the matter with D. what was matter with
29. I don’t know________.
A. who of them should we elect B. who of them we should elect
C. which of them I should elect D. which of them should I elect
30. They expressed the hope ________they would come over to China again.
A. which B. whom C. what D. that
31. ________that the scientist will give us a talk next month?
A. Is true B. Is it true C. It’s true D. it’s truly
32. — ________you did?
— No, as a matter of fact I didn’t need to.
A. Is that what B. Is what that C. What is that D. Is that which
33. ________you don’t like him is none of my business.
A. What B. Who C. That D. Whether
34. I know nothing about Jim________ he is an American.
A. except B. besides C. except for D. except that
35. My idea is ________we should get more people to do the work.
A. what B. which C. that D. all
36. It worried her a bit ________her hair was turning grey.
A. while B. that C.if D. for
37. It is clear ________the motion of a rocket depends not on air but on reaction.
A. when B. whether C. if D. that
38. ________doesn’t matter much ________dress you are going to wear.
A. This; that B. That; who C. It; which D. It; who
39. ________we do must be in the interests of the people.
A. Things B. That C. Whatever D. No matter what
40. The reason ________we were late is ________we missed the train.
A. why; because B. why; that C. why; why D. that; that
41. ________is unfit for the office.
A. it seems to me that B. It seems to me that he
C. That seems he D. That seems to him that
42. It looks ________we shall have to do the work ourselves.
A. that B. like C. seeming D. as though
43. That he hasn’t come is ________he is busy writing the papers.
A. that B. why C. because D. the reason
44. The question is ________the book is worth reading.
A. if B. whether C. how D. that
45. ________is not known yet.
A. When she has gone B. Where she has gone C. How did she leave D. Why did she go
46. When and where we ________the meeting ________still a problem.
A. have; are B. shall have; is C. had; is D. will have; are
47. His suggestion ________to see the exhibition interested every one of us.
A. that we go B. which we should go C. that we would go D. when we should go
48. Word came ________his poem won the first prize.
A. that B. whether C. as D. because
49. China isn’t ________she used to be.
A. that B. which C. like D. what
50. I’ll tell him ________ with the coat.
A. how pleased I am B. however I am pleased
C. what I am pleased D. however pleased I am
51. Have you any idea ________she did it?
A. what B. why C. with who D. about that
52. Can you tell me ________ you go to the evening school per week?
A. how soon B. how many times C. how long D. how often
53. ________the man was a thief, the boy watched him closely.
A. To think that B. Thinking that C. To think about that D. thinking it that
54. A TV reporter wanted to know ________people ________the film.
A. how; thought B. what; thought C. how; liked D. what; liked
55. ________is going to America for further study.
A. He is said that B. People said that he C. It was said he D. It is said that he
56. I’ve got to make ________he told a lie.
A. that clear B. it clear that C. quite clear D. this clear that
57. Could you tell me ________.
A. what her name is b. what her name was C. What is her name D. what was her name
58. That is ________paper came into use in china.
A. how B. that C. what D. which
59. It makes no difference________ we’ll share the office with.
A. if B. whether C. who D. that
60. I don’t know ________they will do with this old machine.
A. how B. what C. that D. when
1—10. AACBC AACDA 11—20. AACBD BDDBD 21—30. DABAB CCCCD 31—40. BACDC BDCCB 41—50. BDCBB BAADA 51—60. BBBCD BAACB
VIII定语从句
1. Finally, the thief handed everything ________ he had stolen to the police.
A. after B. what C. whatever D. that
2. His parents wouldn’t let him marry anyone ________family was poor.
A. of whom B. whom C. of whose D. whose
3. All ________is needed is a supply of oil.
A. the thing B. that C. what D. which
4. She heard a terrible noise, ________brought her heart into her mouth.
A. it B. which C. this D. that
5. In the dark street, there wasn’t a single person ________she could turn for help.
A. that B. who C. from whom D. to whom
6. Who is the man ________is standing over there?
A. whom B. which C. that D. he
7. Who is the man ________you just talked to?
A. X B. which C. whoever D. whose
8. Wang Hai is the student ________home caught fire last night.
A. which B. that C. whom D. whose
9. Is this the pen ________you were writing?
A. with that B. with which C. to that D. to which
10. Her bag, ________she put all her books, has not been found.
A. where B. in which C. which D. that
11. The solider ran to the building, ________flew a flag.
A. on the top of which B. on the top of that C. on the top of it D. which
12. I still remember the day ________we got married.
A. that B. which C. in which D. when
13. The factory ________his mother works is in the east of the city.
A. that B. which C. on which D. where
14. The house________ windows open to the south is Zhang Shan’s.
A. which B. that C. whose D. its
15. The shop isn’t far away, ________I bought three pairs of compasses.
A. which B. where C. at the place D. at the place where
16. He tried to find a hammer ________he could repair the desk.
A. through which B. with which C. by which D. using which
17. He came to the city, ________there is a famous tower called Yellow Carne Tower.
A. on which B. in where C. which D. where
18. They talked for about an hour of things and persons ________they remembered in the school.
A. which B. that C. who D. whom
19. That is the only dictionary ________he often turns to for help.
A. which B. that C. what D. one
20. All the pencils ________she had bought at a chap price broke.
A. which B. that C. what D. those
21. Is oxygen the only gas ________helps fire burn?
A. that B. X C. which D. it
22. — What about the photo?
— It’s much better than ________she took last week.
A. that B. which C. the one D. one
23. He has dropped the necklace to the drawer ________the money is kept.
A. in where B. in which C. under which D. which
24. It’s the fifth time ________late this term.
A. that you’ve arrived B. that you arrived C. when you’ve arrived D. when you arrived
25. Each time ________she came to see me she would advise me to give up smoking.
A. as B. during C. while D. X
26. It is the playground ________I picked up this jacket.
A. in which B. that C. from there D. where
27. We are going to spend the Spring Festival in Beijing, ________live my uncle and some relatives.
A. which B. that C. where D. in which
28. She must fail the exam, ________can be seen from her eyes.
A. that B. as C. who D. what
29. The stadiums, ________were already full, were surrounded by a lot of football fans who had no tickets.
A. most of that B. most of which C. which most D. that most
30. Mr. Frank, ________everybody loves, has gone to the UK.
A. whom B. that C. which D. X
31. His glasses, ________he was like a blind man, were missing.
A. with which B. with it C. without which D. without it
32. I, ________your husband, will stand by you.
A. who is B. that is C. who am D. that am
33. Our teacher is a man of great experience, ________much can be learned.
A. who B. how C. from which D. from whom
34. He makes good use of the time ________he can spare.
A. when B. that C. on which D. who
35. Such people ________you refer to are rare nowadays.
A. as B. that C. which D. who
36. We’ll never forget the days________ we spent together last summer.
A. when B. that C. how D. on which
37. The five storeyed building over there, ________was set up three years ago, is our teaching building.
A. it B. that C. where D. which
38. It is the best film________ I’ve seen this year.
A. that B. which C. since D. and
39. I often hear from my brother, ________works as a doctor.
A. that B. who C. he D. whom
40. Last year I visited the house________ I used to live in my thirties.
A. which B. that C. in that D. where
41. The old woman ________wasn’t her mother.
A. after whom she looked B. who she looked after
C. after who she looked D. whose she looked after
42. The day________ I was to start arrived at last.
A. that B. which C. on which D. in that
43. The old man has two daughters, ________are nurses.
A. two of whom B. both of whom C. all of them D. neither of them
44. Can you lend me ________dictionary ________was used yesterday?
A. such; which B. same; as C. such a; that D. the same; as
45. The lab ________is on the second floor.
A. we did the experiment B. we did the experiment in
C. where we did the experiment in D. which we did the experiment
46. Is that the reason ________you don’t’ agree with me?
A. what B. which C. why D. making
47. He joined the army in the year________ the Anti-Japanese War broke out.
A. when B. which C. in that D. during which
48. Is this book ________you borrowed from the library?
A. which B. that C. what D. the one
49. That is the car ________they got here.
A. by which B. in which C. on which D. from which
50. There is something wrong with the TV set ________last month.
A. I bought B. which I bought it C. I bought it D. what I bought
51. Can you tell me the man________ house you lived for years?
A. in his B. whose C. in whose D. of which
52. The stories about the famous scientist, ________this is one example, are well written.
A. in which B. about which C. on which D. of which
53. She ________has a good ear for music often takes part in concerts.
A. X B. that C. who D. which
54. Her hand was stuck out of the second story window, ________she could pick the apple on the tree.
A. there B. from where C. in which D. from which
55. Which sentence is wrong?
A. Do you know the man that is talking with Mr. Li?
B. He did all he could to help me.
C. This is the room that we often hold meetings in.
D. If a person who does not do his duty, he will not succeed.
56. Mr. Wang was given a medal________ made his family very happy.
A. , which B. which C. , that D. it
57. ________, the Great Wall came into being in Qin Dynasty.
A. It’s clear B. We all know C. As we all know D. It seemed
58. Last night we watched the play “Lei Feng”, ________was very moving.
A. who B. whose C. that D. which
59. Air, ________we breathe everyday, is necessary to life.
A. X B. which C. what D. that
60. A book ________a lot of pictures in it is very useful to children.
A. with which B. which having C. with that D. with
1—10. DDBBD CADBB 11—20. ADDCB BDBBB 21—30. ACBAD DCBBA 31—40. CCDBA BDABD 41—50 . BCBDB CADBA 51—60. CDCBD ACDBD
IX被动语态和短语动词
1. You ________on the phone.
A. want B. are wanted C. are wanting D. are being wanted
2. The 11th Party Congress ________in August 1977.
A. was held B. held C. is held D. holds
3. ________to attend the memorial meeting?
A. Shall we ask B. Shall we be asking C. shall we be asked D. Shall be we asked
4. The machine is ________in the school factory.
A. been repaired B. been repaired C. being repairing D. being repaired
5. Chairman Mao’s works ________into scores of languages since 1958.
A. have translated B. were translated C. have been translated D. has been translated
6. I haven’t seen him for a week. He ________that day.
A. must be wounded B. must have been wounded
C. must wound D. must have wounded
7. Another building is going ________right beside the office building.
A. to build B. to be building C. to being built D. to be built
8. In a sense, bad things ________into good things.
A. can be turned B. can have turned C. can turn D. can be turning
9. The question ________in.
A. needn’t brought B. needn’t be brought C. needn’t to be brought D. needn’t bring
10. These blood debts will have ________in blood.
A. been paid B. to pay C. paid D. to be paid
11. These criminals are sure________.
A. to punish B. to be punishing C. to punished D. to be punished
12. These broken-down cars are ________next month
A. repaired B. repairing C. being repaired D. to be repaired
13. Have the doctors________?
A. been sent for B. sent for C. been sending for D. being sent for
14. The question has been much ________recently?
A. talking about B. talked about C. talking D. talked
15. For this he has been ________twice.
A. operating on B. operated on C. operate D. operated
16. So far no conclusion________.
A. was arrived B. was arrived at C. has been arrived D. has been arrived at
17. The English evening has ________till Friday.
A. put off B. called off C. been put off D. been called off
18. Lots of new words have ________.
A. to be looked B. to be looked up C. to look up D. looked up
19. Women ________in the old days.
A. were looked down upon B. were looked down
C. had been looked down upon D. had been looked down
20. Which of the following is not correct?
A. They were given a warm send off at the airport.
B. A warm send off was given to them at the airport.
C. A warm send off was given them at the airport.
D. They were given to a warm send off at the airport.
21. Many cities became ________in the following months.
A. liberation B. liberating C. liberate D. liberated
22. The book ________. We all like it very much.
A. was well written B. well written write C. is well written D. well wrote
23. He ________to going to bed early.
A. has got used B. has used C. has been using D. has using
24. A quarrel ________between Xiao Hong and Xiao Fang last night.
A was broken out B. broken out C. broke out. D. is broken out
25. This kind of cloth ________very well.
A. washes B. is washed C. washed D. is being washed
26. It ________that the meat cooks well.
A. seems B. is seemed C. was seemed D. seemed
27. She is a very nice person ________.
A. to be worked with B. to be working with C. to work with D. working with
28. The boy ________stealing a pocket-radio from the shop.
A. caught B. was caught C. caught in D. was catching in
29. Brooke is so lazy that he ________very soon.
A. is said to be fired B. is said that he was fired
C. says to be fired D. is said to fire
30. He insisted on ________to work in the poor countryside.
A. sending B. being sending C. to be sent D. being sent
31. The house was ________last night and the color TV set was stolen.
A. broken out B. broken into C. broken down D. broken away
32. Though he ________, he still ________his theory.
A. has laughed; stuck to B. was laughed at; was stuck to
C. was laughed; was stuck to D. was laughed at; stuck to
33. Frank is the kind of person whom people like to ________.
A. make friend with B. make friends of C. make friends by D. make friends with
34. I ________play the violin than the piano.
A. would rather B. had rather to C. would better D. prefer to
35. Would you mind ________your radio a little, please?
A. turn over B. turn off C. to turn on D. turning down
36. When you come to Wuhan, I can ________the night.
A. put you up to B. put you down for C. put you to D. put you for
37. She ________Robert for a year.
A. has been married with B. married with C. married to D. has been married to
38. She ________seeing a dead dog.
A. was terrified at B. was terrified in C. was terrified for D. was terrified with
39. I was ________as a worker in another factory.
A. taken for B. taken to C. taken out D. taken on
40. When he first ________ story telling, he used to ask many children to come and listen.
A. took down B. took over C. took up D. took trouble in
41. He ________a bus slowing down before the shop.
A. caught sight of B. caught the sight of C. caught sight for D. caught his sight
42. Then they ________home.
A. set out B. set out for C. set off D. set about to
43. In order to ________the gun it is necessary to taken up the gun.
A. get out of B. get along with C. get down for D. get rid of
44. The guide ________to us all the objects of interest.
A. pointed out B. pointed at C. pointed off D. pointed down
45. We ________with that factory ________200 machines.
A. made an order; for B. placed an order; for C. made an order; on D. placed an order; on
46. Our class is ________forty boys and twenty two girls.
A. made up for B. made use for C. made best of D. made up of
47. She will ________my troubles as well as my joys.
A. spend in B. spare C. share with D. share
48. The living conditions here don’t ________me.
A. agree to B. fit for C. agree with D. fit with
49. Sometimes they ________referees (调解员).
A. acted as B. acted out C. acted for D. acted on
50. She gave many excuses, but what they ________was that she didn’t want to come.
A. added up B. added to C. added up to D. add up with
51. The Red Army ________after the defeat of the first great revolution.
A. came into being B. came into force C. came into office D. come into use
52. Luckily, he ________these people years ago.
A. broke into B. broke out C. broke away from D. broke down from
53. Would you ________a cup of coffee?
A. care with B. care for C. care about D. care of
54. Mao Zedong ________fighting for the bright future of China.
A. was devoted to B. devoted to C. was devoted for D. devoted himself for
55. Led by Fang Zhimin, we ________northern Jiangxi.
A. made our ways to B. made our way to C. got our way to D. made room for
56. Zhu De was a person who always ________.
A. kept his word B. kept up C. got in a word D. kept in mind
57. We must learn to ________a bad job.
A. made best of B. make the best of C. make sure D. make fun of
58. When the war broke out they ________at once.
A. were called for B. were called off C. were called up D. were called out
59. The plan ________more careful work at preventing forest fires.
A. called in B. called on C. called up D. called for
60. The workers would ________the struggle for freedom and happiness.
A. call on B. carry off C. call to D. carry on
1—10. BACDC BDABD 11—20. DDABB DCBAD 21—30. DCACA ACBAD 31—40. BDDAD ADADC 41—50. ABDAB DDCAC 51—60. ACBAB ABCDD
X情态动词
1. Peter ________come with us tonight, but he isn’t very sure yet.
A. must B. can C. may D. will
2. — Could you borrow your dictionary?
— Yes, of course you ________.
A. might B. will C. can D. should
3. A computer ________think for itself, it must be told what to do.
A. can’t B. couldn’t C. may not D. might not
4. I didn’t hear the phone, I ________asleep.
A. must be B. must have been C. should be D. should have been
5. There was plenty of time, she ________.
A. mustn’t have hurried B. couldn’t have hurried C. must not hurry D. needn’t have hurried
6. The plant is dead. I ________it more water.
A. will give B. would have given C. must give D. should have given
7. Very loud noises ________make people ill, hurt their ears, or even drive them mad.
A. must B. need C. can D. should
8. He asked me for the dictionary many times; please tell him that he ________have it tomorrow.
A. must B. need C. may D. dare
9. — Why is she still standing there?
— She ________be waiting for her boyfriend.
A. can B. must C. dare D. need
10. Two eyes________ see more than one.
A. can B. must C. might D. shall
11. What ________he mean? ________you tell me?
A. can; May B. can; Can C. may; May D. must; Should
12. How ________he say that his teacher was unfair?
A. must B. might C. could D. need
13. It ________be very cold in this part.
A. can B. ought C. shall D. dare
14. I’d like to ask a question if I ________.
A. must B. will C. may D. might
15. Even in summer the temperature ________suddenly drop below freezing.
A. might B. ought C. must D. need
16. He decided to join the army so that he ________defend the country.
A. may help B. might help C. helps D. helped
17. You ________always be talking like that.
A. mightn’t B. mayn’t C. can’t D. mustn’t
18. The car ________have broke down just when we were about to start off.
A. must B. could C. might D. should
19. You ________see him while he is in hospital.
A. have better B. had better C. would rather D. had to
20. There is a fine sunset; it ________to be a fine day tomorrow.
A. ought B. should C. has to D. has better
21. You are his father, you ________take care of him.
A. might B. ought C. ought to D. are able to
22. That’s all. It ________be talked about any more.
A. needn’t B. mightn’t C. darn’t to D. needn’t to
23. The question ________discussing.
A. needs B. need C. can be D. must be
24. He ________even look out of the window.
A. daren’t B. daresn’t C. dared not to D. dares not
25. I’m so hungry that I ________find something to eat.
A. have to B. would C. may D. can
26. All the students ________do their best for the modernization of our country.
A. can B. should C. may D. might
27. You ________be careful with your homework.
A. must B. have to C. may D. are used to
28. It is getting darker. You ________not go home.
A. had better B. have better C. would rather D. would like
29. I ________what happened to our school.
A. would like know B. would like to know
C. would like knowing D. would like that I know
30. — Would you mind my changing the plan?
— ________.
A. Oh, no, please B. Yes, I mind not C. No, I would D. Yes, I will
31. — It ________ be Jack who is in the library.
— I’m sure it ________be him, I saw him off at the railway station just two days ago.
A. can’t; can’t e B. must; mustn’t C. must; can’t D. can’t; mustn’t
32. I ________tell her the truth about his marriage.
A. can’t help B. can’t but C. may not help D. mustn’t but
33. Since she is angry, we ________.
A. had better to leave her along B. should leave her alone
C. would rather to leave her alone D. must leave her alone
34. Look! What you’ve done to me. You ________more careful.
A. maybe B. had to C. should have been D. would be
35. ________read the letter for you?
A. Would you like me B. Do you want me C. Will you mind me D. Shall I
36. He promised he ________not make such silly mistakes.
A. would B. should C. might D. could
37. ________it be true that his father will go abroad?
A. Can B. May C. Need D. Should
38. Those streams are so small that they ________be shown in the maps.
A. mustn’t B. may not C. can’t D. may
39. — May I use your bike?
— ________.
A. No, you may not B. No, you mustn’t C. No, you won’t D. Sorry, I’m afraid not
40. — Must I write to her?
— No, you ________.
A. mustn’t B. shouldn’t C. can’t D. don’t have to
41. — Need I start tonight?
— Yes, you ________.
A. do B. need C. must D. may
42. The old man ________sit for hours watching the ships.
A. would B. should C. was used to D. would rather to
43. If the telephone ________ring, please wake me up.
A. would B. should C. will D. might
44. I wish they ________stop making remarks about me.
A. would B. will C. should D. shall
45. You’re thirsty, aren’t you? ________he get some coffee?
A. Does B. Shall C. Would D. Let
46. Which of the following is wrong?
A. That may be true. B. That might be true. C. That can be true. D. That could be true.
47. — Would you lend me some money?
— Yes, I ________.
A. would B. will C. can D. may
48. He ________ swimming when he was young.
A. was used to go B. got used to go C. used to going D. used to go
49. You say you ________ not do it, but I say you ________do it.
A. will; shall B. shall; shall C. shall; will D. will; will
50. You ________out yesterday without a coat. No wonder you caught cold.
A. should have gone B. shouldn’t have gone C. could not have gone D. might have gone
51. He ________the 8:30 train because he didn’t leave home until 9:00.
A. can’t catch B. couldn’t catch C. may not D. can’t have caught
52. You ________us this because we had more than enough.
A. needn’t bring B. needn’t have brought C. mustn’t bring D. couldn’t have brought
53. — He learnt the language in three months.
— He ________very hard.
A. must work B. might have worked C. must have worked D. might work
54. — Who told you my telephone number?
— I don’t remember. It ________Mary.
— It can’t be Mary, she doesn’t know it.
A. may have been B. can have been C. must be D. can be
55. You ________him, why didn’t you?
A. ought to thank B. ought have thanked C. ought to have thanked D. ought thank
56. I ________have arrived a little earlier, but my car broke down.
A. should B. could C. can D. can’t
57. — ________we go out for a walk?
— Great. Let’s go
A. Shall B. Will C. May D. Should
58. Though she was seriously ill, she ________ complete the work in time.
A. would B. was able to C. was possible to D. might
59. — Would you like to play chess with me?
— Yes, ________.
A. I’d B. I would C. I’d like D. I’d like to
60. Tom is late. He ________the wrong bus.
A. must take B. must have taken C. might take D. could take
1—10. CCABD DCCBA 11—20. BCACA BDDBA 21—30. CAAAA BAABA 31—40. CBBCD AACDD 41—50. CABAB CBDAB 51—60. DBCAC BABDB
XI动词不定试
1. Charles Babbage is generally considered ________the first computer.
A. to have invented B. inventing C. to invent D. having invented
2. Little Jim should love ________to the theatre this evening.
A. to be taken B. to take C. being taken D. taking
3. — I usually go there by train.
— Why not ________by boat for a change?
A. to try going B. trying to go C. to try and go D. try going
4. John was made ________the truck for a week as a punishment.
A. to wash B. washing C. wash D. to be washing
5. She reached the top of the hill and stopped ________on a big rock by the side of the path.
A. to have rested B. resting C. to rest D. rest
6. She pretended________ me when I passed by.
A. not to see B. not seeing C. to not see D. having not seen
7. Though he had often made his sister ________, today he was made ________by his sister.
A. cry; to cry B. crying; crying C. cry; crying D. to cry; cry
8. Tell him ________the window.
A. to shut not B. not to shut C. to not shut D. don’t’ shut
9. ________her sick to think of the matter.
A. That made B. That caused C. It made D. It caused
10. The woman’s job is ________after the disable children.
A. look B. looks C. looked D. to look
11. She ________to ________everything.
A. demanded; tell B. demanded; be told C. required; tell D. required; be told
12. It’s time ________our league meeting.
A. to begin B. beginning C. that we begin D. that we’ll begin
13. That day I was the last one ________the experiment.
A. made B. making C. to make D. having made
14. I’m hungry. Get me something ________.
A. to be eaten B. to eat C. eating D. to be eating
15. Would you ________me to show you around the place?
A. let B. like C. mind D. care
16. She is said ________the necklace.
A. that she lost B. that she has lost C. to lose D. to have lost
17. What do you think is the best way ________the problem?
A. to settling B. in which settling C. to settle D. settling
18. You are ________retell the story.
A. ought B. ought to C. expecting D. expected to
19. I didn’t want the problem ________again.
A. to raise B. to be raised C. being raised D. be raised
20. Have you had the nurse ________your son’s temperature?
A. to take B. taking C. take D. taken
21. First we should find a hotel ________for the night.
A. to put up at it B. in order to put up at C. at where to put up D. at which to put up
22. ________wake me up when you come in.
A. You’d better not to B. You’d better not C. You hadn’t better to D. You hadn’t better
23. I don’t think you need ________ today.
A. to leave B. to be leaving C. leaving D. being left
24. We have been looking for the girl all the morning, but she is no where ________.
A. to see B. to be seen C. being seen D. seen
25. He should ________for what he has done.
A. praise B. be praised C. have praised D. to be praised
26. He felt a stone ________his back.
A. hitting B. to hit C. hitted D. hit
27. I hurried to school, only ________out it was Sunday.
A. find B. to find C. found D. would find
28. Here are some exercises that need________ after class.
A. done B. to be done C. being done D. to do
29. I’ve been waiting for half an hour ________me the phone call.
A. to give B. for you giving C. of you to give D. for you to give
30. Everything ________smoothly.
A. seems going B. seems to be going C. is seeming to go D. is seeming to be going
31. It was thoughtful ________us the map of the city.
A. of you to send B. for you to send C. of you sending D. for you sending
32. You are fortunate ________as a member of the club.
A. being accepted B. to accept C. To have accepted D. to have been accepted
33. ________wasn’t pleasant ________up so early.
A. He; to wake B. He; to be waken C. It; of him to wake D. It; to be woken
34. I find these problems are easy________.
A. to work out B. to be worked out C. in working out D. to be worked them out
35. How rude ________him ________a child like that.
A. of; to treat B. for; to treat C. of; is to treat D. for; is to treat
36. It was stupid ________him ________attend the lecture.
A. of; to not B. of; not to C. for; to not D. for; not to
37. It was impossible ________lost time to ________.
A. for; make up B. of; make up C. for; be made up D. of; be made up
38. The shoes are too large ________.
A. to me to wear B. for me to wear C. to me to be worn D. for me to be worn
39. ________was sorry________ made such a silly mistake.
A. It; to have B. It; having C. I ; to have D. I; having
40. I’ll be delighted ________.
A. when I’ll see you again B. to see you again
C. that I see you again D. to have seen you again
41. He was ________tired ________any further.
A. too; walking B. too; to walk C. so; walking D. so; to walk
42. Will you be ________kind ________make tea for me?
A. so; to B. fairly; to C. so; as to D. fairly; as to
43. The chair looks rather hard, but in fact it is very comfortable to ________.
A. sit B. sit on C. be sat D. be sat on
44. I ________how to answer the question.
A. puzzle B. am puzzling C. have puzzled D. am puzzled
45. Have you decided ________the party?
A. whether you hold B. why to hold C. whether to hold D. if to hold
46. He doesn’t know ________to stay or not.
A. if B. either C. neither D. whether he ought
47. Last summer I took a course on ________.
A. how to make dresses B. how dresses be made
C. how to be made dresses D. how dresses to be made
48. He hesitated ________ the medicine.
A. taking B. about to take C. whether he take D. whether to take
49. How do the birds know exactly ________ direction ________?
A. which, flying B. which; to fly to C. in which; to fly D. X; flying to
50. — I don’t know ________with the problem.
— Why not ________your teacher for advise?
A. what to do; to ask B. how to do; to ask C. what to do; ask D. how to do; ask
51. I think he should get a job, but you can’t force him ________ if he’s not ready ________.
A. to get; to B. to get; X C. to; X D; to; to do
52. — Would you like to go to the ball?
— Yes, ________.
A. I’d B. I’d like C. I’d like to D. I’d like to go
53. — Aren’t you in charge of this?
— No, and I ________.
A. don’t want B. don’t want to C. don’t want to be D am not
54. ________the truth, I don’t want to go.
A. To tell B. Tell C. Telling D. In order to tell
55. I’d rather read something at home than ________to the park in such weather.
A. go B. to go C. going D. went
56. We could do nothing but ________Father for help.
A. ask B. asking C. to ask D. asked
57. He wanted nothing but ________in the corner.
A. seat B. be seated C. be seat D. to be seated
58. It ________about two years________ such a big dam.
A. takes; in building B. takes; to build C. needs; in building D. needs; to build
59. How much did ________cost ________the house?
A. it; in rebuilding B. he; in rebuilding C. it; to rebuild D. he; to rebuild
60. ________requires patience ________a good nurse.
A. She; to be B. she; if she is C. It; to be D. It; if she is
1—10. AADAC AABCD 11—20. BACBB DCDBC 21—30. DBABB DBBDB 31—40. ADDAA BCBCB 41—50. BCBDC DADCC 51—60. CCCAA ADBCC
XII分词
1. “Can’t you read?” Mary said ________to the notice.
A. angrily pointing B. and point angrily C. angrily pointed D. and angrily pointed
2. ________a reply, he decided to write again.
A. Not receiving B. Receiving not C. Not having received D. Having not received
3. The murderer was brought in, with his hands________ behind his back.
A. being tied B. having tie C. to be tied D. tied
4. _______more attention, the trees could have grown better.
A. Given B. To give C. Giving D. Having given
5. Do you know the boy ________under the big tree?
A. lay B. lain C. laying D. lying
6. There was a terrible noise ________the sudden burst of light.
A. followed B. following C. to be followed D. being followed
7. Most of the artists ________to the party were from Japan.
A. invited B. to invite C. were invited D. having been invited
8. He told me about the difference between ________English and ________English.
A. speaking; writing B. spoken; written C. speaking; heard D. spoken; writing
9. ________louder and make yourself ________.
A. Speaking; hearing B. Speaking; heard C. Speak; heard D. Speak; hearing
10. Is this the place ________by you the other day?
A. referring B. referring to C. referred D. referred to
11. The news seems ________. All of them felt ________ at the news.
A. discouraged; discouraging B. discouraged; discouraged
C. discouraging; discouraged D. discouraging; discouraging
12. I’m ________to you for your help.
A. obliging B. obliged C. to oblige D. oblige
13. The ________workers cried, “It’s unfair!”
A. affecting B. affected C. having affected D. having been affected
14. Our monitor made ________speech at the class meeting.
A. an inspiring B. an inspired C. a much inspired D. a much inspiring
15. There are some students________.
A. waited to examine B. waited to get examined
C. waiting to examine D. waiting to get examined
16. In the picture, I see some boys and girls ________on the lake.
A. skating B. skate C. skated D. to skate
17. When he entered the kitchen, he found the gas ________and the window________.
A. burning; shutting B. burning; shut C. burnt; shutting D. burnt; shut
18. The police found the ________child, didn’t they?
A. having lost B. losing C. having missed D. missing
19. If you wave your book in front of your face, you can feel the air ________against your face.
A. moved B. moving C. moves D. to move
20. I’d like this dress ________and ________.
A. washed; ironed B. washing; ironing C. washing; ironed D. washed; ironing
21. I never heard him ________ such a thing before.
A. saying B. to say C. having said D. say
22. The students ________in the exercise books may go now.
A. handed B. having handed C. to be handing D. who have handed
23. He looked at me with a ________expression, may be the problem was quite________.
A. puzzled; puzzling B. puzzling; puzzled C. puzzled; puzzled D. puzzling; puzzling
24. I need my bike ________.
A. repaired B. repairing C. to have repaired D. being repaired
25. Could you smell something ________?
A. burn B. burnt C. burning d. being burn
26. He entered the house and left me ________outside.
A. stand B. to stand C. standing D. to be standing
27. The meeting ________ tomorrow is very important.
A. held B. holding C. being held D. to be held
28. What ________weather! The lake was ________over.
A. freezing; frozen B. frozen; freezing C. freezing; freezing D. frozen; frozen
29. Don’t have the water ________all the time.
A. run B. to run C. running D. being running
30. Stop running and you will feel your heart ________faster than ever.
A. beat B. beating C. beats D. was beating
31. Entering the classroom, I found our headmaster ________by the window.
A. seating B. seated C. sit D. siting
32. Our head teacher caught Zhang Ming ________in the corner.
A. smoke B. to smoke C. smoking D. being smoked
33. The phone call ________him hurrying to Paris.
A. made B. let C. caused D. sent
34. Matter is the name ________to everything that has weight and takes up space.
A. giving B. to give C. having been given D. given
35. He felt his arm ________.
A. pulling B. pulled C. being pulled D. to be pulled
36. The textbook can be used in ________countries.
A. speaking English B. English spoken C. spoken English D. English speaking
37. ________the office, he found nobody in it.
A. Entering B. Entered C. Having entering D. To enter
38. When ________into the classroom, the ice soon changed into water.
A. it took B. it taken C. taking D. taken
39. ________ there for several times, he offered to act as a guide.
A. Being B. Was C. Has been D. Having been
40. ________to look ________she closed her eyes.
A. Pretending; frightening B. Pretending; frightened
C. Pretended; frightening D. Pretended; frightened
41. The ________day, ________to see them again, he shut himself in his room.
A. followed; wanting not B. followed; not wanting
C. following; wanting not D. following; not wanting
42. ________the work, he didn’t notice that it was getting dark.
A. Absorbed by B. Absorbed in C. Absorbing D. Absorbing in
43. People always shake hands when ________each other.
A. introducing to B. introduced to C. introducing with D. introduced with
44. A cold rain was ________, ________with snow.
A. fallen; missing B. fallen; mixed C. falling; mixing D. falling; mixed
45. ________many times, but he still couldn’t understand it.
A. Having been told B. Told C. He was told D. Though he had been told
46. ________, the letter was posted.
A. Wrote it B. Having written C. Writing D. Having been written
47. ________him before, I didn’t recognize him.
A. Not seeing B. Having not seen C. Never having seen D. Having never seen
48. Once ________, it will never be forgotten.
A. see B. seen C. you see D. to be seen
49. He will not come unless________.
A. invited B. inviting C. isn’t invited D. he will be invited
50. She walked as fast as she could, ________to catch the 9:30 train.
A. to hope B. hoping C. she hoped D. for hoping
51. I wrote to Jim, ________him for help.
A. thanked B. to thank C. thanking D. and thanking
52. He was caught in the rain, thus ________himself catch cold.
A. make B. making C. made D. having make
53. ________how to get to the airport, he asked me the way.
A. Having lost his way and having not known B. Having been lost his way and not knowing
C. Having lost his way and not knowing D. Losing his way and doing now know.
54. ________no buses, we have to walk home.
A. There being B. It were C. There were D. It being
55. She went on explaining to me, ________my face.
A. never left B. her eyes never left C. her eyes never leaving D. never leaving
56. He walked rapidly, his head ________, ________neither to the right or the left.
A. bent; looked B. bent; looking C. bending; looked D. bending; looking
57. The dirty clothes ________, the girl hung them up outside.
A. was washed B. washed C. were washed D. having washed
58. ________, the meeting began.
A. Having taken their seats B. Having taken their places
C. The students having taken their seats D. The students took their places.
59. The boy hid himself under the bed, with this feet ________out.
A. were stuck B. were sticking C. sticking d. stick
60. Strictly ________, he is not fit for the job.
A. speaking B. spoken C. to speak D. to be spoken
1—10. ACDAD BABCD 11—20. CBBAD ABDBA 21—30. DDAAC CDACB 31—40. BCDDB DADDB 41—50. DBBDC DDBAB 51—60. CBCAC BBCCA
XIII动名词
1. The squirrel was lucky that it just missed ________.
A. catching B. to be caught C. being caught D. to catch
2. She didn’t remember ________him before.
A. having met B. have met C. to meet D. to have met
3. — What do you think of the book?
— Oh, excellent. It’s worth ________a second time.
A. to read B. to be read C. reading D. being read
4. I can hardly imagine Peter ________across the Atlantic Ocean in five days.
A. sail B. to sail C. sailing D. to have sailed
5. I would appreciate ________back this afternoon.
A. you to call B. you call C. your calling D. you’re calling
6. We are considering ________the plan.
A. being changed B. changing C. to change D. to be changing
7. We advise ________another experiment.
A. to make B. we’ll make C. making D. our making
8. “Keep silent!” the monitor told the boys to stop ________.
A. to talk B. talk C. talking D. being talked
9. People couldn’t help ________foolish emperor in the procession.
A. to laugh B. to laugh at C. laughing at D. laughing
10. Hearing the exciting news, I couldn’t ________with joy.
A. stop jumping B. resist jump C. but to jump D. help jumping
11. Can you imagine ________in winter?
A. to swim B. being swum C. swimming D. to be swimming
12. I don’t think your hair needs ________now.
A. cutting B. being cut C. to cut D. cut
13. He said the table wanted ________.
A. to repair B. repairing C. repaired D. being repaired
14. He wants ________the table ________.
A. having; repairing B. to have; repairing C. having; repaired D. to have; repaired
15. They forbid ________in the office.
A. to smoke B. smoking C. to be smoking D. smoke
16. Have you finished ________the TV set?
A. to repair B. your repairing C. having repairing D. repairing
17. Now it is clear to me that he is honest and I do regret ________he was a cheat.
A. to say B. say C. that D. having said
18. I regret ________you that I can’t go to your birthday party.
A. to tell B. telling C. of telling D. having told
19. Let’s try ________the work another way, for we should try ________everything done in time.
A. to do; to get B. doing; getting C. doing; to get D. to do; getting
20. Oh, by the way, do you mind ________a letter for me?
A. posting B. to post C. your posting D. if you can post
21. It’s a good habit ________aloud early in the morning.
A. practice to read B. to practice reading C. practicing to read D. to practice and read
22. As you know, studying means ________hard.
A. work B. to work C. working D. that we work
23. The floor requires________, so the students are required ________the work.
A. washing; to do B. to wash; doing C. washing; doing D. to wash; to do
24. The lake is polluted. We don’t allowed ________here.
A. swimming B. to swim C. anyone swim D. for anyone to swim
25. Why have they delayed ________the sports meet?
A. hold B. holding C. to hold D. having held
26. The doctor advised the old man to give ________drinking.
A. in B. off C. out D. up
27. He went on ________until everyone was bored.
A. to talk B. talking C. with talk D. the talk
28. On the way home Bill ________on ________his father such a lot of questions.
A. kept; to ask B. continued; to ask C. kept; asking D. continued; asking
29. Have you decided to put off ________to Shanghai?
A. to go B. to leave C. going D. leaving
30. — What are you going to do this afternoon?
— I’m thinking of ________to visit my aunt.
A. go B. going C. having gone D. my going
31. The naughty boy was afraid ________by his teacher.
A. to scold B. to be scolding C. of scolding D. of being scolded
32. He insisted ________a picture for the wall newspaper.
A. I would draw B. me to draw C. my drawing D. on my drawing
33. There is still hope ________the ticket.
A. our buying B. of our buying C. to us buying D. for buying
34. Have you made any plan for ________the day?
A. congratulating B. you congratulating C. celebrating D. you celebrating
35. Modernization is the key ________up our agricultural development.
A. to speed B. of speeding C. for speeding D. to speeding
36. ________home, he went to bed.
A. To reach B. As soon as reached C. On reaching D. In reaching
37. They hurried on for fear ________.
A. to catch the rain B. of catching the rain
C. to be caught in the rain D. of being caught in the rain
38. The man will die ________at once.
A. not to operate B. without operate on him
C. if don’t operate D. without being operated on
39. I think the book worthy ________.
A. reading B. to read C. of being read D. of reading
40. He used to ________cards with his friends, but now he is used to ________a walk after supper.
A. play; taking B. playing; take C. play; take D. playing; taking
41. We look forward to ________a trip to Hangzhou.
A. make B. making C. be on D. go on
42. He doesn’t feel like ________to the exhibition today.
A. to go B. going C. come D. that he is
43. After cooking, Mother ________making tea.
A. set out B. set about C. set off D. start off
44. She’s got used ________English in the morning.
A. to read B. reading C. to reading D. to be reading
45. She takes great pleasure ________other.
A. to help B. in helping C. by helping D. with helping
46. It’s cold; do you mind ________the window?
A. for me to close B. if I close C. whether I close D. your closing
47. ________in the examination made her parents very angry.
A. Sue failing B. Sue’s fail C. Sue’s failing d. Sue to have failed
48. ________staying up so late is bad for his health.
A. He’s B. His C. He D. Him
49. I don’t like strangers ________to our talk.
A. listening B. listen C. hearing D. hear
50. Father suggested ________an umbrella.
A. me to take b. for me to take C. my taking D. I must take
51. She was afraid of ________to see her.
A. Peter’s not going B. not Peter’s going C. Peter’s doing not go D. Peter going not
52. I understand ________to go to the meeting.
A. who B. when C. your not wanting D. not your wanting
53. ________to help was a great encouragement to us.
A. They coming B. They come C. Their come D. Their coming
54. I can’t excuse her ________like that.
A. talking B. to talk C. talk D. being talked
55. Behind the ________there is a big ________.
A. writing desk; looking glass B. written desk; looking glass
C. writing desk; looked glass D. written desk; looked glass
56. We must do something to prevent the lake ________.
A. to be polluted B. from polluting C. off being polluted D. being polluted
57. They would rather spend time ________than ________in the street.
A. studying; wandering B. studying; wander C. to study; wandering D. to study; wander
58. There is no use ________it any further now.
A. our discussing B. for us to discuss C. we discussing D. of us to discuss
59. ________newspapers every day can add to one’s common sense.
A. Reading B. Read C. By reading D. If reading
60. —What made you so worried?
—________the plane.
A. Because I missed B. Because of missing C. I missed D. Missing
1—10. CACCC BCCCD 11—20. CABDB DDACA 21—30. BCAAB DBCCB 31—40. DDBCD CDDCA 41—50. BBBCB BCBAC 51—60. ACDAA DBAAD
XIV虚拟语气
1. — If he ________, he ________that food.
— Luckily he was sent to hospital immediately.
A. was warned; would not take B. had been warned; would not have taken
C. would be warned; had not taken D. would have been warned; had not taken
2. — The experiment has failed!
— I suggest you ________again.
A. try B. trying C. will try D. would try
3. I wish I ________you yesterday.
A. seen B. did see C. had seen D. were to see
4. If my lawyer ________here last Saturday, he ________me from going.
A. had been; would have prevented B. had been; would have prevent
C. was; would have prevented D. were; would have prevented
5. He ________you more help, even though he was very busy.
A. might have given B. might give C. may have given D. may give
6. Without electricity human life ________quite different today.
A. is b. will be C. would have been D. would be
7. If Einstein ________alive now, I ________him a letter asking hi\m about his theory.
A. is; will write B. is; would write C. were; will write D. were; would write
8. If I ________in Princeton in 1940, perhaps, I ________with the famous scientist Albert Einstein.
A. lived; could meet B. lived; could have met
C. had lived; could meet D. had lived; could have met
9. If there were no subjunctive mood, English ________much easier.
A. will be B. would have been C. could have been D. would be
10. What would you do ________you ________a house on fire?
A. even if; see B. even if; saw C. if; saw D. if; see
11. Would it be nice ________it ________ summer all the year round/
A. when; is b. if; is C. when; was D. if; were
12. I wouldn’t buy the dictionary ________afford it.
A. if I could B. if I can C. even if I could D. even if I can
13. ________you were ill, she would have come to see you.
A. had she known B. Did she know C. If she know D. if she should know
14. ________she ________ need our help, just give us a ring.
A. If; will B. if; X C. Should; X D. Did; X
15. ________not for your help, tom would never have got the job.
A. Was it B. Were it C. Was he D. were he
16. If he ________the policeman honestly, he would not have been arrested.
A. would have answers B. answer C. should answer D. had answered
17. If I ________money, I ________car first.
A. had; would have bought B. had had; should buy C. had; should buy D. has; would buy
18. ________, Fabole would not have hurt himself.
A. If he listened to me B. As soon as he listened to me
C. if he has listened to me D. had he listened to me
19. If the country had built more houses for poor people in 197-, the housing problems now in some parts of the country ________so serious.
A. wouldn’t be B. will not have been C. wouldn’t have been D. had been
20. If you ________be free, go to see him.
A. should B. will C. are to D. may
21. — Has he gained weight?
— He would gain weight, but he ________much.
A. didn’t eat B. doesn’t eat C. couldn’t eat D. hadn’t eaten
22. We are sure Johnson will succeed if he ________our advice.
A. follows B. should follow C. would follow D. has followed
23. ________he passed the contest, give him a reward as an encouragement.
A. Should B. Had C. Would D. Did
24. Had the first bus not broken down, they ________the plane.
A. would have caught B. might catch C. could catch D. had caught
25. — Why are you late?
— I got caught in traffic; ________I would have been here on time.
A. however B. although C. otherwise D. anyway
26. Had it not been for your help, I ________exam.
A. couldn’t pass B. can’t pass C. wouldn’t pass D. couldn’t have passed
27. We wouldn’t have succeeded ________your help.
A. unless B. without C. if not getting d. not under
28. ________heavy industry, we would have no buses to ride in.
A. With B. Without C. If there is no D. Were there
29. But for his help, they ________over the mountain in such a short time.
A. couldn’t have run B. had not ran C. have not run D. could have run
30. ________you were left alone on an island, what ________you have to do to keep alive?
A. Supposing; would B. To suppose; would C. supposing; will D. to suppose; will
31. The boy is dead. We ________him more treatments.
A. will give B. would have given C. must give D. should have given
32. — What happened to the trees planted last spring?
— The trees ________ well, but they didn’t take good care of them.
A. would have grown B. would grow C. should have grown D. might grow
33. I ________like to have a talk with you.
A. had B. should C. want to D. will
34. ________you like ________us?
A. Would; joining B. Should; joining C. should; to join D. Would; to join
35. Would you ________giving him a message for me?
A. mind B. care C. like d. be willing
36. Would you be ________to step this way, please?
A. too kind B. so kind C. so kind as D. as kind as
37. I ________play football than baseball.
A. would rather B. would rather to C. like better D. had better
38. — I’d like to get a job.
— I ________much rather you ________at home and ________care of the children.
A. want; would stay; take B. want; stayed; took
C. would; would stay; take D. would; stayed; took
39. I wish I ________what ________wrong with the machine.
A. know; is B. knew; was C. knew; is D. know; was
40. There is nothing left. I wish ________so much money on clothes.
A. I haven’t spent B. I had not spent C. couldn’t’ have spend D. I not spend
41. Well, it is high time you ________the train.
A. had caught B. caught C. will catch D. catch
42. He talks as though eh ________all the work himself, but in fact Jim and John did most of it.
A. did B. has done C. does D. had done
43. He spoke as though he ________in space at that moment.
A. walked B. would walk C. were walking D. would have walked
44. He looked ________he had just woken.
A. that B. if though C. as if D. like
45. If only we ________a recorder of our own.
A. had B. have C. will have D. would have
46. Mother told me to put on my coat ________I should catch cold.
A. if B. unless C. in order that D. for fear that
47. She insisted that we ________there for another two days.
A. stay B. would stay C. stayed D. must stay
48. I requested that he ________ us some advice on how to do it.
A. must give B. give C. were to give D. gave
49. It was requested that the play ________again.
A. should put on B. would put on C. be put on `D. put on
50. it was suggested that he ________given a special care.
A. should be not B. not be C. mustn’t be D. be not
51. — Why did Goli get angry?
— He asked that Jane ________for Holland, but she wouldn’t listen to him.
A. left B. leave C. must leave D. would leave
52. He insisted that she ________fit for the job.
A. be not B. wouldn’t be C. wasn’t D. didn’t
53. Her pale face suggests that she ________in poor health.
A. should be B. was C. were D. is
54. It is our idea that she ________to England for further study.
A. goes B. will go C. went D. go
55. — What do you think of it?
— I think it is a thing of importance that it ________done soon.
A. is B. was C. be D. were
56. I never expected that the problem ________so complicated.
A. is B. to be C. were D. should be
57. I was surprised the policeman ________in the impostor.
A. should believe B. would believe C. believed D. was believed
58. Give me a call tomorrow in order that I ________to come to your discussion.
A. may remember B. remembered C. were to remember D. should remember
59. Whatever difficulties we ________meet with, we ________lose heart.
A. may; wouldn’t B. should; wouldn’t C. should; won’t D. may; won’t
60. We ________as well send him a telegram.
A. may B. had C. would D. can
1—10. BACAA DDDDC 11—20. DCACB DCDAA 21—30. BAAAC DBBAA 31—40. DCBDA CADCB 41—50. BDCCA DABCB 51—60. BCDDC DAADA
XV倒装与“it”
1. — John won the first prize in the contest.
— ________.
A. so he did B. So did he C. So he did too D. So did he; too
2. After that we never saw her again, nor ________from her.
A. did we hear B. we heard C. had we heard D. we have heard
3. Not until I began to work ________how much time I had wasted.
A. didn’t I realize B. did I realize C. I didn’t realize D. I realized
4. — Do you know Jim quarreled with his brother?
— I don’t know, ________.
A. nor don’t I care B. nor do I care C. I don’t care either D. I don’t care also
5. The secretary ________out the secret at a certain meeting.
A. does let B. did let c. lets D. letted
6. Which of the following is wrong?
A. Down went the teachers. B. Here it is
C. Away went the children D. Out rushed they
7. Not ________every boy ________this maths problem.
A. X; can solve B. does; solve C. can solve; X D. do; solve
8. Only after I read the text over again ________ its main idea.
A. I could understand B. I can catch C. did I know `D. was I followed
9. Here ________.
A. Mary comes B. is coming Mary C. comes Mary D. is Mary coming
10. — Did you enjoy than trip?
— I’m afraid not, and ________.
A. my classmates don’t either B. my classmates don’t too
C. neither do my classmates D. neither did my classmates
11. If you go to Hainan to try chances next month, ________.
A. so does she B. nor does she C. so will she D. nor will she
12. Not far from the school ________quietly.
A. is the Yellow Crane Tower standing B. the yellow Crane tower stands C. does the Yellow Crane Tower stand D. the Yellow Crane Tower is standing
13. In each classroom ________.
A. fifty students are B. are fifty students
C. are there fifty students D. fifty students there are
14. ________that I couldn’t support myself at the moment.
A. I was weak enough B. I was too weak C. So weak I was D. So weak was I
15. So ________that Mary dared not make a sound.
A. did he absorb B. he absorb C. absorbed was he D. he was absorbed
16. ________had he gone to bed ________he fell asleep.
A. Sooner; than B. Sooner; when C. No sooner; than D. No sooner; when
17. ________I had a new problem to deal with.
A. hardly have I arrived when B. hardly did I arrive than
C. Hardly had I arrived when D. Hardly had I arrived than
18. At no time ________they ________us free.
A. did; set B. set; X C. X; set D. did; setting
19. ________of going fishing, but I never had a chance.
A. Often I think B. Often do I think C. often have I thought D. Often did I think
20. ________does he miss a nice film.
A. Seldom B. Always C. Certainly D. sometimes
21. Nowhere else in the world ________cheaper tickets than in Beijing.
A. a tourist will find B. a tourist has found C. can a tourist find D. a tourist can find
22. Not for a moment ________the truth of your story.
A. doubted he B. he doubts C. did he doubt D. he did doubt
23. Not only ________the bus, but ________repair it.
A. he can drive; he can B. can he drive; can he
C. he can drive; can he D. can he drive; he can
24. ________, he walked on.
A. He was very tired B. Tired as he was C. Though tired he was D. Even if tired
25. ________from the 11th floor when the policemen pointed his gun at him.
A. down jumped the murderer B. down the murderer jumped
C. Down jumped he D. Jumped down he
26. ________you tell me ________?
A. Can; where does Mr. Li love B. Could; where Mr. Li lives
C. Would; where did Mr. Li live D. did; where Mr. Li lived
27. —Where is my pen, daddy?
—There ________.
A. it is b. is it C. has one D. you are
28. ________I had a chance, I would have run around the West Lake.
A. if B. Unless C. had D. When
29. ________busy tomorrow, she should come to help me.
A. If she is not B. if she will not be C. Were she not D. Was she not
30. Henry was late and missed the lecture, and so ________.
A. was I B. did I C. for me D. it was with me
31. It was in the fields ________we found a rare jar.
A. there B. where C. that D. which
32. She wants to know if it was between 1906 and 1908 ________the newspaper was born.
A. how B. when `C. that D. which
33. It is ________who ________reasonable.
A. me; am B. me; is C. I; am D. I; is
34. It was the training ________he had as a young man ________made him such a famous writer.
A. when; that B. that; when C. that; who `D. that; that
35. It was ________the Wuhan Bridge was completed.
A. in 1957, not in 1958 then B. 1957, not 1958 then
C. in 1957, not in 1958 D. 1957, not 1958 then
36. It was with great joy ________he received the news ________his long lost son would soon return home.
A. because; that B. that; that C. because; X D. that; X
37. ________that you missed such a fine film?
A. How it was B. How was it C. Was it how D. How did it
38. ________that we’ll have the talk?
A. Will it be in which classroom B. is it in which classroom
C. In which classroom is it D. In which classroom will it be
39. It ________John and Bob who helped me the other day.
A. had been B. are C. was D. were
40. It was not________ she took off her dark glasses ________ I realized she was a famous film star.
A. when; that B. until; that C. until; when D. when; then
41. It was ________late in the evening that they finished the experiment.
A. before B. after C. till D. not until
42. ________late in the evening ________the experiment.
A. until; they finished B. until; did they finish
C. Not until; they finished D. Not until; did they finish
43. Is ________necessary to tell his father everything?
A. it B. that C. what D. he
44. ________afraid ________will be windy tomorrow.
A. I’m; the weather B. I’m; it C. It’s; the weather D. It’s; it
45. ________turn is ________to clean the bedroom?
A. Which; it B. Whose; it C. Which; that D. Whose; that
46. it is ________to see you.
A. pleased B. glad C. delighted D. pleasant
47. I found ________to refuse her offer.
A. it is impossible B. he was impossible C. it impossible for him D. he is impossible
48. I think ________great honor to have a talk with you.
A. of it B. of it a C. it D. it a
49. It is foolish ________him ________take her advice.
A. of; not to B. of; not C. for; not to D. for; not
50. It’s important ________the factory to make the waste water clean.
A. of b. with C. for D. to
51. It was ________that the ten-year-old boy was able to use the computer.
A. in surprise B. surprising C. surprise D. surprised
52. Don’t ________for granted that he will keep his promise.
A. take that B. take it C. make that D. make it
53. ________to have paid off his debts.
A. it was said B. he was said C. It was said for him D. He said
54. It ________that the emperor had nothing on.
A. was heard B. was told C. told D. was whispered
55. ________that he was thinking about the matter.
A. It seemed B. he seemed C. it was seeming D. He was seeming
56. It doesn’t make too much ________you will be back tonight.
A. matter if B. difference if C. matter whether D. difference whether
57. He ________to do morning exercises in the park.
A. took a rule B. made a rule C. took it a rule D. made it a rule
58. He soon ________why he had done it.
A. explained us B. told C. made it clear D. said it clear
59. It’s no ________quarrelling ________him any longer.
A. goodness; to B. goodness; with C. good; to D. good; with
60. — Was that the new comer who walked by?
— ________.
A. It must be that B. It must have been C. He must be D. This must have been
1—10. AABBB DACCD 11—20. CBBDC CCADA 21—30. CCDBA BACCD 31—40. CCCDC BBCCB 41—50. DDABB DCDAC 51—60. BBBDA DDCDB


第 1 页 共 167 页